Configuration.tex 234.5 KB
Newer Older
V
vit9696 已提交
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
\documentclass[]{article}

\usepackage{lmodern}
\usepackage{amssymb,amsmath}
\usepackage{ifxetex,ifluatex}
\usepackage{fixltx2e} % provides \textsubscript
\usepackage[T1]{fontenc}
\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}
\usepackage{upquote}
\usepackage{microtype}
\usepackage[unicode=true]{hyperref}
\usepackage{longtable,booktabs}
\usepackage{footnote}
14
\usepackage{listings}
15
\usepackage{mathtools}
V
vit9696 已提交
16 17 18 19
\usepackage{parskip}
\usepackage[margin=0.7in]{geometry}
\usepackage{titlesec}
\usepackage[yyyymmdd,hhmmss]{datetime}
V
vit9696 已提交
20
\usepackage{textcomp}
V
vit9696 已提交
21 22 23 24 25 26
\usepackage{tikz}

\usetikzlibrary{trees}
\tikzstyle{every node}=[draw=black,thick,anchor=west]
\tikzstyle{selected}=[draw=blue]
\tikzstyle{optional}=[dashed,fill=gray!50]
V
vit9696 已提交
27 28 29

\renewcommand{\dateseparator}{.}

30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
\makeatletter
\newcommand*{\bdiv}{%
  \nonscript\mskip-\medmuskip\mkern5mu%
  \mathbin{\operator@font div}\penalty900\mkern5mu%
  \nonscript\mskip-\medmuskip
}
\makeatother

38 39
% Newer LaTeX versions should not add ligatures to listings, but for some reason
% it is not the case for me. As a result select PDF viewers copy wrong data.
V
vit9696 已提交
40 41 42 43 44
\lstdefinestyle{ocbash}{
  language=bash,
  frame=tb,
  columns=fullflexible,
  captionpos=b,
45 46
  basicstyle=\ttfamily\normalsize,
  keepspaces=true,
V
vit9696 已提交
47
  morekeywords={git, make, build, ioreg, grep, nvram, sort, sudo, diskutil, gfxutil, strings, dd, cut},
V
vit9696 已提交
48
  literate =
V
vit9696 已提交
49
    {"}{{\textquotedbl}}1
V
vit9696 已提交
50 51
    {'}{{\textquotesingle}}1
    {-}{{-}}1
V
vit9696 已提交
52 53
    {~}{{\texttildelow}}1
    {*}{{*}}1
54 55
    {fl}{{f{}l}}2
    {fi}{{f{}i}}2
V
vit9696 已提交
56 57 58
    ,
}

V
vit9696 已提交
59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
\UseMicrotypeSet[protrusion]{basicmath} % disable protrusion for tt fonts
\PassOptionsToPackage{hyphens}{url} % url is loaded by hyperref

\makesavenoteenv{long table} % Fix footnotes in tables

% set default figure placement to htbp
\makeatletter
\def\fps@figure{htbp}
\makeatother

\providecommand{\tightlist}{%
  \setlength{\itemsep}{0pt}\setlength{\parskip}{0pt}}

\newcommand{\sectionbreak}{\clearpage}

\begin{document}

\begin{titlepage}
   \begin{center}
V
vit9696 已提交
78
       \vspace*{2.0in}
V
vit9696 已提交
79 80 81

       \Huge

V
vit9696 已提交
82 83 84 85 86 87
       \IfFileExists{Logos/Logo.pdf}
         {\includegraphics[width=160pt, height=160pt]{Logos/Logo.pdf}}
         {\includegraphics[width=160pt, height=160pt]{../Logos/Logo.pdf}}

       \sffamily

V
vit9696 已提交
88 89 90 91
       \textbf{OpenCore}

       \vspace{0.2in}

A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
92
       Reference Manual (0.5.9)
V
vit9696 已提交
93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101

       \vspace{0.2in}

        {[}\today{]}

       \normalsize

       \vfill

V
vit9696 已提交
102 103
       \rmfamily

A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
104
       Copyright \textcopyright 2018-2020 vit9696
V
vit9696 已提交
105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115

   \end{center}
\end{titlepage}

\tableofcontents

\section{Introduction}\label{introduction}

This document provides information on
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{OpenCore} user
configuration file format used to setup the correct functioning of macOS
V
vit9696 已提交
116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125
operating system. It is to be read as the official clarification of expected
OpenCore behaviour. All deviations, if found in published OpenCore releases,
shall be considered documentation or implementation bugs, and are requested to be
reported through \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker}{Acidanthera Bugtracker}.
All other sources or translations of this document are unofficial and may contain errors.

This document is structured as a specification, and is not meant to provide a step by
step algorithm for configuring end-user board support package (BSP). Any third-party
articles, tools, books, etc., providing such material are prone to their authors'
preferences, tastes, this document misinterpretation, and essential obsolescence.
126
In case you still use these sources, for example,
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
127
\href{https://dortania.github.io/OpenCore-Desktop-Guide}{Opencore Desktop Guide}
V
vit9696 已提交
128
(\href{https://dortania.github.io/getting-started}{parent link}),
V
vit9696 已提交
129 130 131
please ensure following this document for every made decision and judging its consequences.
Regardless of the sources used you are required to fully understand every dedicated OpenCore
configuration option and concept prior to reporting any issues in
V
vit9696 已提交
132 133
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker}{Acidanthera Bugtracker}.

V
vit9696 已提交
134
\subsection{Generic Terms}\label{generic-terms}
V
vit9696 已提交
135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199

\begin{itemize}
\item
  \texttt{plist} --- Subset of ASCII Property List format written in
  XML, also know as XML plist format version 1. Uniform Type Identifier
  (UTI): \texttt{com.apple.property-list}. Plists consist of
  \texttt{plist\ objects}, which are combined to form a hierarchical
  structure. Due to plist format not being well-defined, all the
  definitions of this document may only be applied after plist is
  considered valid by running \texttt{plutil\ -lint}. External
  references: https://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd,
  \texttt{man\ plutil}.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ type} --- plist collections (\texttt{plist\ array},
  \texttt{plist\ dictionary}, \texttt{plist\ key}) and primitives
  (\texttt{plist\ string}, \texttt{plist\ data}, \texttt{plist\ date},
  \texttt{plist\ boolean}, \texttt{plist\ integer},
  \texttt{plist\ real}).
\item
  \texttt{plist\ object} --- definite realisation of
  \texttt{plist\ type}, which may be interpreted as value.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ array} --- array-like collection, conforms to
  \texttt{array}. Consists of zero or more \texttt{plist\ objects}.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ dictionary} --- map-like (associative array)
  collection, conforms to \texttt{dict}. Consists of zero or more
  \texttt{plist\ keys}.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ key} --- contains one \texttt{plist\ object} going by
  the name of \texttt{plist\ key}, conforms to \texttt{key}. Consists of
  printable 7-bit ASCII characters.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ string} --- printable 7-bit ASCII string, conforms to
  \texttt{string}.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ data} --- base64-encoded blob, conforms to
  \texttt{data}.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ date} --- ISO-8601 date, conforms to \texttt{date},
  unsupported.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ boolean} --- logical state object, which is either true
  (1) or false (0), conforms to \texttt{true} and \texttt{false}.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ integer} --- possibly signed integer number in base 10,
  conforms to \texttt{integer}. Fits in 64-bit unsigned integer in two's
  complement representation, unless a smaller signed or unsigned
  integral type is explicitly mentioned in specific
  \texttt{plist\ object} description.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ real} --- floating point number, conforms to
  \texttt{real}, unsupported.
\item
  \texttt{plist\ metadata} --- value cast to data by the implementation.
  Permits passing \texttt{plist\ string}, in which case the result is
  represented by a null-terminated sequence of bytes (aka C string),
  \texttt{plist\ integer}, in which case the result is represented by
  \emph{32-bit} little endian sequence of bytes in two's complement
  representation, \texttt{plist\ boolean}, in which case the value is
  one byte: \texttt{01} for \texttt{true} and \texttt{00} for
  \texttt{false}, and \texttt{plist\ data} itself. All other types or
  larger integers invoke undefined behaviour.
\end{itemize}

V
vit9696 已提交
200
\section{Configuration}\label{configuration-overview}
V
vit9696 已提交
201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343

\subsection{Configuration Terms}\label{configuration-terms}

\begin{itemize}
\item
  \texttt{OC\ config} --- OpenCore Configuration file in \texttt{plist}
  format named \texttt{config.plist}. It has to provide extensible way
  to configure OpenCore and is structured to be separated into multiple
  named sections situated in the root \texttt{plist\ dictionary}. These
  sections are permitted to have \texttt{plist\ array} or
  \texttt{plist\ dictionary} types and are described in corresponding
  sections of this document.
\item
  \texttt{valid\ key} --- \texttt{plist\ key} object of
  \texttt{OC\ config} described in this document or its future
  revisions. Besides explicitly described \texttt{valid\ keys}, keys
  starting with \texttt{\#} symbol (e.g. \texttt{\#Hello}) are also
  considered \texttt{valid\ keys} and behave as comments, effectively
  discarding their value, which is still required to be a valid
  \texttt{plist\ object}. All other \texttt{plist\ keys} are not valid,
  and their presence yields to \texttt{undefined\ behaviour}.
\item
  \texttt{valid\ value} --- valid \texttt{plist\ object} of
  \texttt{OC\ config} described in this document that matches all the
  additional requirements in specific \texttt{plist\ object} description
  if any.
\item
  \texttt{invalid\ value} --- valid \texttt{plist\ object} of
  \texttt{OC\ config} described in this document that is of other
  \texttt{plist\ type}, does not conform to additional requirements
  found in specific \texttt{plist\ object} description (e.g.~value
  range), or missing from the corresponding collection.
  \texttt{Invalid\ value} is read with or without an error message as
  any possible value of this \texttt{plist\ object} in an undetermined
  manner (i.e.~the values may not be same across the reboots). Whilst
  reading an \texttt{invalid\ value} is equivalent to reading certain
  defined \texttt{valid\ value}, applying incompatible value to the host
  system may yield to \texttt{undefined\ behaviour}.
\item
  \texttt{optional\ value} --- \texttt{valid\ value} of
  \texttt{OC\ config} described in this document that reads in a certain
  defined manner provided in specific \texttt{plist\ object} description
  (instead of \texttt{invalid\ value}) when not present in
  \texttt{OC\ config}. All other cases of \texttt{invalid\ value} do
  still apply. Unless explicitly marked as \texttt{optional\ value}, any
  other value is required to be present and reads to
  \texttt{invalid\ value} if missing.
\item
  \texttt{fatal\ behaviour} --- behaviour leading to boot termination.
  Implementation must stop the boot process from going any further until
  next host system boot. It is allowed but not required to perform cold
  reboot or show any warning message.
\item
  \texttt{undefined\ behaviour} --- behaviour not prescribed by this
  document. Implementation is allowed to take any measures including but
  not limited to \texttt{fatal\ behaviour}, assuming any states or
  values, or ignoring, unless these measures negatively affect system
  security in general.
\end{itemize}

\subsection{Configuration Processing}\label{configuration-processing}

\texttt{OC\ config} is guaranteed to be processed at least once if it
was found. Depending on OpenCore bootstrapping mechanism multiple
\texttt{OC\ config} files may lead to reading any of them. No
\texttt{OC\ Config} may be present on disk, in which case all the values
read follow the rules of \texttt{invalid\ value} and
\texttt{optional\ value}.

\texttt{OC\ config} has size, nesting, and key amount limitations.
\texttt{OC\ config} size does not exceed \texttt{16\ MBs}.
\texttt{OC\ config} has no more than \texttt{8} nesting levels.
\texttt{OC\ config} has up to \texttt{16384} XML nodes (i.e.~one
\texttt{plist\ dictionary} item is counted as a pair of nodes) within
each \texttt{plist\ object}.

Reading malformed \texttt{OC\ config} file leads to
\texttt{undefined\ behaviour}. Examples of malformed \texttt{OC\ config}
cover at least the following cases:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item
  files non-conformant to \texttt{plist} DTD
\item
  files with unsupported or non-conformant \texttt{plist\ objects} found
  in this document
\item
  files violating size, nesting, and key amount limitations
\end{itemize}

It is recommended but not required to abort loading malformed
\texttt{OC\ config} and continue as if no \texttt{OC\ config} was
present. For forward compatibility it is recommended but not required
for the implementation to warn about the use of
\texttt{invalid\ values}. Recommended practice of interpreting
\texttt{invalid\ values} is to conform to the following convention where
applicable:

\begin{longtable}[]{@{}ll@{}}
\toprule
Type & Value\tabularnewline
\midrule
\endhead
\texttt{plist\ string} & Empty string
(\texttt{\textless{}string\textgreater{}\textless{}/string\textgreater{}})\tabularnewline
\texttt{plist\ data} & Empty data
(\texttt{\textless{}data\textgreater{}\textless{}/data\textgreater{}})\tabularnewline
\texttt{plist\ integer} & 0
(\texttt{\textless{}integer\textgreater{}0\textless{}/integer\textgreater{}})\tabularnewline
\texttt{plist\ boolean} & False
(\texttt{\textless{}false/\textgreater{}})\tabularnewline
\texttt{plist\ tristate} & False
(\texttt{\textless{}false/\textgreater{}})\tabularnewline
\bottomrule
\end{longtable}

\subsection{Configuration Structure}\label{configuration-structure}

\texttt{OC\ config} is separated into following sections, which are described
in separate sections of this document. By default it is tried to not enable
anything and optionally provide kill switches with \texttt{Enable} property
for \texttt{plist dict} entries. In general the configuration is written
idiomatically to group similar actions in subsections:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item
  \texttt{Add} provides support for data addition.
\item
  \texttt{Block} provides support for data removal or ignorance.
\item
  \texttt{Patch} provides support for data modification.
\item
  \texttt{Quirks} provides support for specific hacks.
\end{itemize}

Root configuration entries consist of the following:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item
  \hyperref[acpi]{\texttt{ACPI}}
344 345
\item
  \hyperref[booter]{\texttt{Booter}}
V
vit9696 已提交
346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363
\item
  \hyperref[devprops]{\texttt{DeviceProperties}}
\item
  \hyperref[kernel]{\texttt{Kernel}}
\item
  \hyperref[misc]{\texttt{Misc}}
\item
  \hyperref[nvram]{\texttt{NVRAM}}
\item
  \hyperref[platforminfo]{\texttt{PlatformInfo}}
\item
  \hyperref[uefi]{\texttt{UEFI}}
\end{itemize}

\emph{Note}: Currently most properties try to have defined values even if not
specified in the configuration for safety reasons. This behaviour should not
be relied upon, and all fields must be properly specified in the configuration.

V
vit9696 已提交
364
\section{Setup}\label{setup-overview}
V
vit9696 已提交
365

V
vit9696 已提交
366
\subsection{Directory Structure}\label{directory-structure}
V
vit9696 已提交
367

368
\begin{center}
V
vit9696 已提交
369 370 371 372
\begin{tikzpicture}[%
  grow via three points={one child at (0.5,-0.7) and
  two children at (0.5,-0.7) and (0.5,-1.4)},
  edge from parent path={(\tikzparentnode.south) |- (\tikzchildnode.west)}]
373 374 375 376
  \node {ESP}
    child { node {EFI}
      child { node {BOOT}
        child { node [selected] {BOOTx64.efi}}
V
vit9696 已提交
377
      }
378
      child [missing] {}
379 380
      child { node {OC}
        child { node {ACPI}
381 382 383
          child { node [optional] {DSDT.aml}}
          child { node [optional] {SSDT-1.aml}}
          child { node [optional] {MYTABLE.aml}}
384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399
        }
        child [missing] {}
        child [missing] {}
        child [missing] {}
        child { node {Drivers}
          child { node [optional] {MyDriver.efi}}
          child { node [optional] {OtherDriver.efi}}
        }
        child [missing] {}
        child [missing] {}
        child { node {Kexts}
          child { node [optional] {MyKext.kext}}
          child { node [optional] {OtherKext.kext}}
        }
        child [missing] {}
        child [missing] {}
400 401 402 403
        child { node [optional] {Resources}
          child { node [optional] {Audio}}
        }
        child [missing] {}
404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411
        child { node  {Tools}
          child { node [optional] {Tool.efi}}
        }
        child [missing] {}
        child { node [selected] {OpenCore.efi}}
        child { node [optional] {vault.plist}}
        child { node {config.plist}}
        child { node [optional] {vault.sig}}
412
      }
413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432
    }
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
433 434
    child [missing] {}
    child [missing] {}
435
    child { node [optional] {nvram.plist}}
436
    child { node [optional] {opencore-YYYY-MM-DD-HHMMSS.txt}}
437
  ;
V
vit9696 已提交
438
\end{tikzpicture}
439 440 441 442 443
\break
\label{fig:DS}
Figure 1. Directory Structure
\end{center}

V
vit9696 已提交
444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469
When directory boot is used the directory structure used should follow
the description on \hyperref[fig:DS]{Directory Structure} figure. Available
entries include:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item
  \texttt{BOOTx64.efi}
  \break
  Initial booter, which loads \texttt{OpenCore.efi} unless it was
  already started as a driver.
\item
  \texttt{ACPI}
  \break
  Directory used for storing supplemental ACPI information
  for \hyperref[acpi]{\texttt{ACPI}} section.
\item
  \texttt{Drivers}
  \break
  Directory used for storing supplemental \texttt{UEFI}
  drivers for \hyperref[uefi]{\texttt{UEFI}} section.
\item
  \texttt{Kexts}
  \break
  Directory used for storing supplemental kernel information
  for \hyperref[kernel]{\texttt{Kernel}} section.
470 471 472 473 474 475
\item
  \texttt{Resources}
  \break
  Directory used for storing media resources, such as audio files
  for screen reader support. See \hyperref[uefiaudioprops]{\texttt{UEFI Audio Properties}}
  section for more details.
V
vit9696 已提交
476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500
\item
  \texttt{Tools}
  \break
  Directory used for storing supplemental tools.
\item
  \texttt{OpenCore.efi}
  \break
  Main booter driver responsible for operating system loading.
\item
  \texttt{vault.plist}
  \break
  Hashes for all files potentially loadable by \texttt{OC Config}.
\item
  \texttt{config.plist}
  \break
  \texttt{OC Config}.
\item
  \texttt{vault.sig}
  \break
  Signature for \texttt{vault.plist}.
\item
  \texttt{nvram.plist}
  \break
  OpenCore variable import file.
\item
501
  \texttt{opencore-YYYY-MM-DD-HHMMSS.txt}
V
vit9696 已提交
502 503 504 505
  \break
  OpenCore log file.
\end{itemize}

506 507 508 509
\emph{Note}: It is not guaranteed that paths longer than
\texttt{OC\_STORAGE\_SAFE\_PATH\_MAX} (128 characters including
\texttt{\\0}-termnator) will be accessible within OpenCore.

510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517
\subsection{Installation and Upgrade}\label{configuration-install}

To install OpenCore reflect the
\hyperref[configuration-structure]{Configuration Structure} described
in the previous section on a EFI volume of a GPT partition. While
corresponding sections of this document do provide some information
in regards to external resources like ACPI tables, UEFI drivers,
or kernel extensions (kexts), completeness of the matter is out of
V
vit9696 已提交
518 519 520 521
the scope of this document. Information about kernel extensions may
be found in a separate
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg/blob/master/Docs/Kexts.md}{Kext List}
document available in OpenCore repository. Vaulting information is provided in
522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533
\hyperref[miscsecurityprops]{Security Properties} section of this document.

\texttt{OC\ config}, just like any property lists can be edited with any
stock textual editor (e.g. nano, vim), but specialised software may provide
better experience. On macOS the preferred GUI application is
\href{https://developer.apple.com/xcode}{Xcode}. For a lightweight
cross-platform and open-source alternative
\href{https://github.com/corpnewt/ProperTree}{ProperTree} editor can be
utilised.

For BIOS booting a third-party UEFI environment provider will have to
be used. \texttt{DuetPkg} is one of the known UEFI environment providers
534
for legacy systems. To run OpenCore on such a legacy system you can install
535
\texttt{DuetPkg} with a dedicated tool BootInstall (bundled with OpenCore).
536 537 538 539 540 541

For upgrade purposes refer to \texttt{Differences.pdf} document, providing
the information about the changes affecting the configuration compared
to the previous release, and \texttt{Changelog.md} document, containing
the list of modifications across all published updates.

542 543
\subsection{Contribution}\label{configuration-comp}

V
vit9696 已提交
544 545 546 547 548 549 550
OpenCore can be compiled as an ordinary
\href{https://github.com/tianocore/tianocore.github.io/wiki/EDK-II}{EDK II}.
Since \href{https://github.com/tianocore/tianocore.github.io/wiki/UDK}{UDK}
development was abandoned by TianoCore, OpenCore requires the use of
\href{https://github.com/tianocore/tianocore.github.io/wiki/EDK-II#stable-tags}{EDK II Stable}.
Currently supported EDK II release (potentially with patches enhancing the experience)
is hosted in \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk}{acidanthera/audk}.
551 552 553 554 555 556

The only officially supported toolchain is \texttt{XCODE5}. Other toolchains
might work, but are neither supported, nor recommended. Contribution of clean
patches is welcome. Please do follow
\href{https://github.com/tianocore/tianocore.github.io/wiki/Code-Style-C}{EDK II C Codestyle}.

V
vit9696 已提交
557
Required external package dependencies include
558 559
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/EfiPkg}{EfiPkg} and
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/MacInfoPkg}{MacInfoPkg}.
560 561 562

To compile with \texttt{XCODE5}, besides \href{https://developer.apple.com/xcode}{Xcode},
one should also install \href{https://www.nasm.us}{NASM} and
V
vit9696 已提交
563
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/ocbuild/tree/master/external}{MTOC}.
564 565
The latest Xcode version is recommended for use despite the toolchain name. Example
command sequence may look as follows:
566

V
vit9696 已提交
567
\begin{lstlisting}[caption=Compilation Commands, label=compile, style=ocbash]
V
vit9696 已提交
568
git clone https://github.com/acidanthera/audk UDK
569
cd UDK
570
git clone https://github.com/acidanthera/DuetPkg
571
git clone https://github.com/acidanthera/EfiPkg
V
vit9696 已提交
572
git clone https://github.com/acidanthera/MacInfoPkg
573 574
git clone https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg
source edksetup.sh
V
vit9696 已提交
575
make -C BaseTools
576 577 578
build -a X64 -b RELEASE -t XCODE5 -p OpenCorePkg/OpenCorePkg.dsc
\end{lstlisting}

V
vit9696 已提交
579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587
For IDE usage Xcode projects are available in the root of the repositories. Another
approach could be \href{https://www.sublimetext.com}{Sublime Text} with
\href{https://niosus.github.io/EasyClangComplete}{EasyClangComplete} plugin.
Add \texttt{.clang\_complete} file with similar content to your UDK root:

\begin{lstlisting}[caption=ECC Configuration, label=eccfile, style=ocbash]
-I/UefiPackages/MdePkg
-I/UefiPackages/MdePkg/Include
-I/UefiPackages/MdePkg/Include/X64
588 589 590
-I/UefiPackages/MdeModulePkg
-I/UefiPackages/MdeModulePkg/Include
-I/UefiPackages/MdeModulePkg/Include/X64
591
-I/UefiPackages/DuetPkg/Include
V
vit9696 已提交
592 593 594 595 596
-I/UefiPackages/EfiPkg
-I/UefiPackages/EfiPkg/Include
-I/UefiPackages/EfiPkg/Include/X64
-I/UefiPackages/AppleSupportPkg/Include
-I/UefiPackages/OpenCorePkg/Include
597
-I/UefiPackages/OvmfPkg/Include
598
-I/UefiPackages/MacInfoPkg/Include
V
vit9696 已提交
599
-I/UefiPackages/UefiCpuPkg/Include
V
vit9696 已提交
600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610
-IInclude
-include
/UefiPackages/MdePkg/Include/Uefi.h
-fshort-wchar
-Wall
-Wextra
-Wno-unused-parameter
-Wno-missing-braces
-Wno-missing-field-initializers
-Wno-tautological-compare
-Wno-sign-compare
611
-Wno-varargs
V
vit9696 已提交
612
-Wno-unused-const-variable
613
-DOC_TARGET_NOOPT=1
V
vit9696 已提交
614
-DNO_MSABI_VA_FUNCS=1
V
vit9696 已提交
615
\end{lstlisting}
V
vit9696 已提交
616

V
vit9696 已提交
617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624
\textbf{Warning}: Tool developers modifying \texttt{config.plist} or any other OpenCore
files must ensure that their tool checks for \texttt{opencore-version} NVRAM variable
(see \hyperref[miscdebugprops]{Debug Properties} section below) and warn the user
if the version listed is unsupported or prerelease. OpenCore configuration may change
across the releases and the tool shall ensure that it carefully follows this document.
Failure to do so may result in this tool to be considered as malware and blocked with
all possible means.

625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634
\subsection{Coding conventions}\label{configuration-conv}

Just like any other project we have conventions that we follow during the development.
All third-party contributors are highly recommended to read and follow the conventions
listed below before submitting their patches. In general it is also recommended to firstly
discuss the issue in \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker}{Acidanthera Bugtracker}
before sending the patch to ensure no double work and to avoid your patch being rejected.

\textbf{Organisation}. The codebase is structured in multiple repositories
which contain separate EDK II packages. \texttt{AppleSupportPkg} and \texttt{OpenCorePkg}
635
are primary packages, and \texttt{EfiPkg}, \texttt{MacInfoPkg.dsc})
636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716
are dependent packages.
\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item Whenever changes are required in multiple repositories, separate pull requests should
be sent to each.
\item Committing the changes should happen firstly to dependent repositories, secondly to
primary repositories to avoid automatic build errors.
\item Each unique commit should compile with \texttt{XCODE5} and preferably with other
toolchains. In the majority of the cases it can be checked by accessing the
\href{https://travis-ci.com/acidanthera}{CI interface}. Ensuring that static analysis finds
no warnings is preferred.
\item External pull requests and tagged commits must be validated. That said, commits in
master may build but may not necessarily work.
\item Internal branches should be named as follows: \texttt{author-name-date}, e.g.
\texttt{vit9696-ballooning-20191026}.
\item Commit messages should be prefixed with the primary module (e.g. library or code module) the
changes were made in. For example, \texttt{OcGuardLib: Add OC\_ALIGNED macro}. For non-library changes
\texttt{Docs} or \texttt{Build} prefixes are used.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{Design}. The codebase is written in a subset of freestanding C11 (C17) supported by
most modern toolchains used by EDK II. Applying common software development practices or requesting
clarification is recommended if any particular case is not discussed below.
\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item Never rely on undefined behaviour and try to avoid implementation defined behaviour unless
explicitly covered below (feel free to create an issue when a relevant case is not present).
\item Use \texttt{OcGuardLib} to ensure safe integral arithmetics avoiding overflows. Unsigned
wraparound should be relied on with care and reduced to the necessary amount.
\item Check pointers for correct alignment with \texttt{OcGuardLib} and do not rely on the architecture
being able to dereference unaligned pointers.
\item Use flexible array members instead of zero-length or one-length arrays where necessary.
\item Use static assertions (\texttt{STATIC\_ASSERT}) for type and value assumptions, and runtime
assertions (\texttt{ASSERT}) for precondition and invariant sanity checking. Do not use runtime
assertions to check for errors as they should never alter control flow and potentially be excluded.
\item Assume \texttt{UINT32}/\texttt{INT32} to be \texttt{int}-sized and use \texttt{\%u},
\texttt{\%d}, and \texttt{\%x} to print them.
\item Assume \texttt{UINTN}/\texttt{INTN} to be of unspecified size, and cast them to
\texttt{UINT64}/\texttt{INT64} for printing with \texttt{\%Lu}, \texttt{\%Ld} and so on as normal.
\item Do not rely on integer promotions for numeric literals. Use explicit casts when the type is
implementation-dependent or suffixes when type size is known. Assume \texttt{U} for \texttt{UINT32}
and \texttt{ULL} for \texttt{UINT64}.
\item Do ensure unsigned arithmetics especially in bitwise maths, shifts in particular.
\item \texttt{sizeof} operator should take variables instead of types where possible to be error prone.
Use \texttt{ARRAY\_SIZE} to obtain array size in elements. Use \texttt{L\_STR\_LEN} and
\texttt{L\_STR\_SIZE} macros from \texttt{OcStringLib} to obtain string literal sizes to ensure compiler
optimisation.
\item Do not use \texttt{goto} keyword. Prefer early \texttt{return}, \texttt{break}, or \texttt{continue}
after failing to pass error checking instead of nesting conditionals.
\item Use \texttt{EFIAPI}, force UEFI calling convention, only in protocols, external callbacks between
modules, and functions with variadic arguments.
\item Provide inline documentation to every added function, at least describing its inputs, outputs,
precondition, postcondition, and giving a brief description.
\item Do not use \texttt{RETURN\_STATUS}. Assume \texttt{EFI\_STATUS} to be a matching superset that is
to be always used when \texttt{BOOLEAN} is not enough.
\item Security violations should halt the system or cause a forced reboot.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{Codestyle}. The codebase follows
\href{https://github.com/tianocore/tianocore.github.io/wiki/Code-Style-C}{EDK II codestyle} with few changes
and clarifications.
\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item Write inline documentation for the functions and variables only once: in headers, where a header prototype
is available, and inline for \texttt{static} variables and functions.
\item Use line length of 120 characters or less, preferably 100 characters.
\item Use spaces after casts, e.g. \texttt{(VOID *)(UINTN) Variable}.
\item Use SPDX license headers as shown in
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker/issues/483}{acidanthera/bugtracker\#483}.
\end{itemize}

\textbf{Debugging}. The codebase incorporates EDK II debugging and few custom features to improve the experience.
\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item Use module prefixes, 2-5 letters followed by a colon (\texttt{:}), for debug messages. For \texttt{OpenCorePkg}
use \texttt{OC:}, for libraries and drivers use their own unique prefixes.
\item Do not use dots (\texttt{.}) in the end of debug messages and separate \texttt{EFI\_STATUS}, printed by
\texttt{\%r}, with a hyphen (e.g. \texttt{OCRAM: Allocation of \%u bytes failed - \%r\textbackslash n}).
\item Use \texttt{DEBUG\_CODE\_BEGIN ()} and \texttt{DEBUG\_CODE\_END ()} constructions to guard debug checks
that may potentially reduce the performance of release builds and are otherwise unnecessary.
\item Use \texttt{DEBUG} macro to print debug messages during normal functioning, and \texttt{RUNTIME\_DEBUG} for
717
debugging after \texttt{EXIT\_BOOT\_SERVICES}.
718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726
\item Use \texttt{DEBUG\_VERBOSE} debug level to leave debug messages for future debugging of the code, which
are currently not necessary. By default \texttt{DEBUG\_VERBOSE} messages are ignored even in \texttt{DEBUG} builds.
\item Use \texttt{DEBUG\_INFO} debug level for all non critical messages (including errors) and \texttt{DEBUG\_BULK\_INFO}
for extensive messages that should not appear in NVRAM log that is heavily limited in size. These messages are ignored in
\texttt{RELEASE} builds.
\item Use \texttt{DEBUG\_ERROR} to print critical human visible messages that may potentially halt the boot process, and
\texttt{DEBUG\_WARN} for all other human visible errors, \texttt{RELEASE} builds included.
\end{itemize}

V
vit9696 已提交
727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734
\section{ACPI}\label{acpi}

\subsection{Introduction}\label{acpiintro}

ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is an open standard to
discover and configure computer hardware.
\href{https://uefi.org/specifications}{ACPI specification} defines the
standard tables (e.g.~\texttt{DSDT}, \texttt{SSDT}, \texttt{FACS}, \texttt{DMAR})
735
and various methods (e.g. \texttt{\_DSM}, \texttt{\_PRW}) for implementation.
V
vit9696 已提交
736 737 738
Modern hardware needs little changes to maintain ACPI compatibility, yet
some of those are provided as a part of OpenCore.

V
vit9696 已提交
739 740 741 742
To compile and disassemble ACPI tables \href{https://github.com/acpica/acpica}{iASL compiler}
can be used developed by \href{https://www.acpica.org}{ACPICA}. GUI front-end to iASL compiler
can be downloaded from \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/MaciASL/releases}{Acidanthera/MaciASL}.

V
vit9696 已提交
743 744 745 746 747 748
\subsection{Properties}\label{acpiprops}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{Add}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
749
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty\\
750
  \textbf{Description}: Load selected tables from \texttt{OC/ACPI}
V
vit9696 已提交
751 752
  directory.

753 754
  Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ dict} values, describing each block entry.
  See \hyperref[acpipropsadd]{Add Properties} section below.
V
vit9696 已提交
755 756 757 758

\item
  \texttt{Block}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
759
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty\\
V
vit9696 已提交
760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767
  \textbf{Description}: Remove selected tables from ACPI stack.

  Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ dict} values, describing each block entry.
  See \hyperref[acpipropsblock]{Block Properties} section below.

\item
  \texttt{Patch}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
768
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty\\
769 770
  \textbf{Description}: Perform binary patches in ACPI tables before
  table addition or removal.
V
vit9696 已提交
771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782

  Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ dictionary} values describing each
  patch entry. See \hyperref[acpipropspatch]{Patch Properties} section below.

\item
  \texttt{Quirks}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Apply individual ACPI quirks described
  in \hyperref[acpipropsquirks]{Quirks Properties} section below.

\end{enumerate}

783 784 785 786 787 788
\subsection{Add Properties}\label{acpipropsadd}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{Comment}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
789
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
790 791 792 793 794 795 796
  \textbf{Description}: Arbitrary ASCII string used to provide human readable
  reference for the entry. It is implementation defined whether this value is
  used.

\item
  \texttt{Enabled}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
797
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
798
  \textbf{Description}: This ACPI table will not be added unless set to
799 800 801 802 803
  \texttt{true}.

\item
  \texttt{Path}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
804
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
805 806 807 808 809
  \textbf{Description}: File paths meant to be loaded as ACPI tables.
  Example values include \texttt{DSDT.aml}, \texttt{SubDir/SSDT-8.aml},
  \texttt{SSDT-USBX.aml}, etc.

  ACPI table load order follows the item order in the array. All ACPI tables
810
  load from \texttt{OC/ACPI} directory.
811 812 813 814 815 816 817

  \textbf{Note}: All tables but tables with \texttt{DSDT} table identifier
  (determined by parsing data not by filename) insert new tables into ACPI stack.
  \texttt{DSDT}, unlike the rest, performs replacement of DSDT table.

\end{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
818 819 820
\subsection{Block Properties}\label{acpipropsblock}

\begin{enumerate}
821 822 823
\item
  \texttt{All}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
824
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
825 826 827
  \textbf{Description}: If set to \texttt{true}, all ACPI tables matching the
  condition will be dropped. Otherwise only first matched table.

V
vit9696 已提交
828 829 830
\item
  \texttt{Comment}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
831
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
V
vit9696 已提交
832 833 834 835 836 837 838
  \textbf{Description}: Arbitrary ASCII string used to provide human readable
  reference for the entry. It is implementation defined whether this value is
  used.

\item
  \texttt{Enabled}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
839
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
840 841 842 843 844 845
  \textbf{Description}: This ACPI table will not be removed unless set to
  \texttt{true}.

\item
  \texttt{OemTableId}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 8 bytes\\
846
  \textbf{Failsafe}: All zero\\
V
vit9696 已提交
847 848 849 850
  \textbf{Description}: Match table OEM ID to be equal to this value
  unless all zero.

\item
851
  \texttt{TableLength}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
852
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
853
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
854 855 856
  \textbf{Description}: Match table size to be equal to this value
  unless \texttt{0}.

857 858 859
\item
  \texttt{TableSignature}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 4 bytes\\
860
  \textbf{Failsafe}: All zero\\
861 862 863
  \textbf{Description}: Match table signature to be equal to this value
  unless all zero.

864 865 866 867
  \emph{Note}: Make sure not to specify table signature when the sequence
  needs to be replaced in multiple places. Especially when performing
  different kinds of renames.

V
vit9696 已提交
868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Patch Properties}\label{acpipropspatch}

\begin{enumerate}

\item
  \texttt{Comment}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
877
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
V
vit9696 已提交
878 879 880 881 882 883 884
  \textbf{Description}: Arbitrary ASCII string used to provide human readable
  reference for the entry. It is implementation defined whether this value is
  used.

\item
  \texttt{Count}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
885
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
886 887 888 889 890 891
  \textbf{Description}: Number of patch occurrences to apply. \texttt{0} applies
  the patch to all occurrences found.

\item
  \texttt{Enabled}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
892
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
893 894 895 896 897 898
  \textbf{Description}: This ACPI patch will not be used unless set to
  \texttt{true}.

\item
  \texttt{Find}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}\\
899
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty data\\
V
vit9696 已提交
900 901 902 903 904
  \textbf{Description}: Data to find. Must equal to \texttt{Replace} in size.

\item
  \texttt{Limit}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
905
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
906 907 908 909 910 911
  \textbf{Description}: Maximum number of bytes to search for. Can be set to
  \texttt{0} to look through the whole ACPI table.

\item
  \texttt{Mask}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}\\
912
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty data\\
V
vit9696 已提交
913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920
  \textbf{Description}: Data bitwise mask used during find comparison.
  Allows fuzzy search by ignoring not masked (set to zero) bits. Can be
  set to empty data to be ignored. Must equal to \texttt{Replace} in size
  otherwise.

\item
  \texttt{OemTableId}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 8 bytes\\
921
  \textbf{Failsafe}: All zero\\
V
vit9696 已提交
922 923 924 925 926 927
  \textbf{Description}: Match table OEM ID to be equal to this value
  unless all zero.

\item
  \texttt{Replace}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}\\
928
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty data\\
V
vit9696 已提交
929 930 931 932 933
  \textbf{Description}: Replacement data of one or more bytes.

\item
  \texttt{ReplaceMask}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}\\
934
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty data\\
V
vit9696 已提交
935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942
  \textbf{Description}: Data bitwise mask used during replacement.
  Allows fuzzy replacement by updating masked (set to non-zero) bits. Can be
  set to empty data to be ignored. Must equal to \texttt{Replace} in size
  otherwise.

\item
  \texttt{Skip}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
943
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
944 945 946 947 948 949
  \textbf{Description}: Number of found occurrences to be skipped before replacement
  is done.

\item
  \texttt{TableLength}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
950
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
951 952 953 954 955
  \textbf{Description}: Match table size to be equal to this value
  unless \texttt{0}.

\item
  \texttt{TableSignature}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
956
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 4 bytes\\
957
  \textbf{Failsafe}: All zero\\
V
vit9696 已提交
958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979
  \textbf{Description}: Match table signature to be equal to this value
  unless all zero.

\end{enumerate}

In the majority of the cases ACPI patches are not useful and harmful:

\begin{itemize}
\item
  Avoid renaming devices with ACPI patches. This may fail or perform
  improper renaming of unrelated devices (e.g. \texttt{EC} and
  \texttt{EC0}), be unnecessary, or even fail to rename devices in select tables. For
  ACPI consistency it is much safer to rename devices at I/O Registry
  level, as done by
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/WhateverGreen}{WhateverGreen}.
\item
  Avoid patching \texttt{\_OSI} to support a higher level of feature sets
  unless absolutely required. Commonly this enables a number of hacks on APTIO
  firmwares, which result in the need to add more patches. Modern firmwares
  generally do not need it at all, and those that do are fine with much
  smaller patches.
\item
980
  Try to avoid hacky changes like renaming \texttt{\_PRW} or \texttt{\_DSM}
V
vit9696 已提交
981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998
  whenever possible.
\end{itemize}

Several cases, where patching actually does make sense, include:

\begin{itemize}
\item
  Refreshing \texttt{HPET} (or another device) method header to avoid
  compatibility checks by \texttt{\_OSI} on legacy hardware. \texttt{\_STA}
  method with \texttt{if ((OSFL () == Zero)) \{ If (HPTE)  ...  Return (Zero)}
  content may be forced to always return 0xF by replacing
  \texttt{A0 10 93 4F 53 46 4C 00} with \texttt{A4 0A 0F A3 A3 A3 A3 A3}.
\item
  To provide custom method implementation with in an SSDT, for instance,
  to report functional key presses on a laptop, the original method can be replaced
  with a dummy name by patching \texttt{\_Q11} with \texttt{XQ11}.
\end{itemize}

999
Tianocore \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk/blob/master/MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/AcpiAml.h}{AcpiAml.h}
V
vit9696 已提交
1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008
source file may help understanding ACPI opcodes.

\subsection{Quirks Properties}\label{acpipropsquirks}

\begin{enumerate}

\item
  \texttt{FadtEnableReset}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1009
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015
  \textbf{Description}: Provide reset register and flag in FADT table to enable
  reboot and shutdown on legacy hardware. Not recommended unless required.

\item
  \texttt{NormalizeHeaders}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1016
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025
  \textbf{Description}: Cleanup ACPI header fields to workaround macOS
  ACPI implementation bug causing boot crashes. Reference:
  \href{https://alextjam.es/debugging-appleacpiplatform/}{Debugging
  AppleACPIPlatform on 10.13} by Alex James aka theracermaster. The
  issue is fixed in macOS Mojave (10.14).

\item
  \texttt{RebaseRegions}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1026
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051
  \textbf{Description}: Attempt to heuristically relocate ACPI memory
  regions. Not recommended.

  ACPI tables are often generated dynamically by underlying firmware
  implementation. Among the position-independent code, ACPI tables may
  contain physical addresses of MMIO areas used for device
  configuration, usually grouped in regions (e.g.
  \texttt{OperationRegion}). Changing firmware settings or hardware
  configuration, upgrading or patching the firmware inevitably leads to
  changes in dynamically generated ACPI code, which sometimes lead to
  the shift of the addresses in aforementioned \texttt{OperationRegion}
  constructions.

  For this reason it is very dangerous to apply any kind of
  modifications to ACPI tables. The most reasonable approach is to make
  as few as possible changes to ACPI and try to not replace any tables,
  especially DSDT. When this is not possible, then at least attempt to
  ensure that custom DSDT is based on the most recent DSDT or remove
  writes and reads for the affected areas.

  When nothing else helps this option could be tried to avoid stalls at
  \texttt{PCI\ Configuration\ Begin} phase of macOS booting by
  attempting to fix the ACPI addresses. It does not do magic, and only
  works with most common cases. Do not use unless absolutely required.

1052 1053 1054
\item
  \texttt{ResetHwSig}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1055
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061
  \textbf{Description}: Reset \texttt{FACS} table \texttt{HardwareSignature}
  value to \texttt{0}.

  This works around firmwares that fail to maintain hardware signature across
  the reboots and cause issues with waking from hibernation.

1062 1063 1064
\item
  \texttt{ResetLogoStatus}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1065
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071
  \textbf{Description}: Reset \texttt{BGRT} table \texttt{Displayed}
  status field to \texttt{false}.

  This works around firmwares that provide \texttt{BGRT} table but
  fail to handle screen updates afterwards.

V
vit9696 已提交
1072 1073 1074
\end{enumerate}


1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086
\section{Booter}\label{booter}

\subsection{Introduction}\label{booterintro}

This section allows to apply different kinds of UEFI modifications on
Apple bootloader (\texttt{boot.efi}). The modifications currently provide
various patches and environment alterations for different firmwares. Some
of these features were originally implemented as a part of
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/AptioFixPkg}{\text{AptioMemoryFix.efi}},
which is no longer maintained. See \hyperref[troubleshootingtricks]{Tips and Tricks}
section for migration steps.

1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108
If you are using this for the first time on a customised firmware, there is a
list of checks to do first. Prior to starting please ensure that you have:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item Most up-to-date UEFI firmware (check your motherboard vendor website).
\item \texttt{Fast Boot} and \texttt{Hardware Fast Boot} disabled in firmware
  settings if present.
\item \texttt{Above 4G Decoding} or similar enabled in firmware
  settings if present. Note, that on some motherboards (notably ASUS WS-X299-PRO) this
  option causes adverse effects, and must be disabled. While no other motherboards
  with the same issue are known, consider this option to be first to check if you
  have erratic boot failures.
\item \texttt{DisableIoMapper} quirk enabled, or \texttt{VT-d} disabled in
  firmware settings if present, or ACPI DMAR table dropped.
\item \textbf{No} `slide` boot argument present in NVRAM or anywhere else.
  It is not necessary unless you cannot boot at all or see
  \texttt{No slide values are usable! Use custom slide!} message in the log.
\item \texttt{CFG Lock} (MSR \texttt{0xE2} write protection) disabled in
  firmware settings if present. Cconsider
\href{https://github.com/LongSoft/UEFITool/blob/master/UEFIPatch/patches.txt}{patching it}
  if you have enough skills and no option is available. See
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
1109 1110
\hyperref[kernelpropsquirks]{VerifyMsrE2}
  notes for more details.
1111 1112
\item \texttt{CSM} (Compatibility Support Module) disabled in firmware settings
  if present. You may need to flash GOP ROM on NVIDIA 6xx/AMD 2xx or older. Use
1113 1114
  \href{https://www.win-raid.com/t892f16-AMD-and-Nvidia-GOP-update-No-requests-DIY.html}{GopUpdate}
  (see the second post) or \href{http://www.insanelymac.com/forum/topic/299614-asus-eah6450-video-bios-uefi-gop-upgrade-and-gop-uefi-binary-in-efi-for-many-ati-cards/page-1#entry2042163}{AMD UEFI GOP MAKER}
1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136
  in case you are not sure how.
\item \texttt{EHCI/XHCI Hand-off} enabled in firmware settings \texttt{only} if boot
  stalls unless USB devices are disconnected.
\item \texttt{VT-x}, \texttt{Hyper Threading}, \texttt{Execute Disable Bit} enabled
  in firmware settings if present.
\item While it may not be required, sometimes you have to disable
  \texttt{Thunderbolt support}, \texttt{Intel SGX}, and \texttt{Intel Platform Trust}
  in firmware settings present.
\end{itemize}

When debugging sleep issues you may want to (temporarily) disable Power Nap and
automatic power off, which appear to sometimes cause wake to black screen or boot loop
issues on older platforms. The particular issues may vary, but in general you should
check ACPI tables first. Here is an example of a bug found in some
\href{http://www.insanelymac.com/forum/topic/329624-need-cmos-reset-after-sleep-only-after-login/#entry2534645}{Z68 motherboards}.
To turn Power Nap and the others off run the following commands in Terminal:
\begin{lstlisting}[label=powernap, style=ocbash]
sudo pmset autopoweroff 0
sudo pmset powernap 0
sudo pmset standby 0
\end{lstlisting}

1137
\emph{Note}: These settings may reset at hardware change and in certain other circumstances.
1138 1139
To view their current state use \texttt{pmset -g} command in Terminal.

1140 1141 1142 1143
\subsection{Properties}\label{booterprops}

\begin{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151
\item
  \texttt{MmioWhitelist}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ dict} values,
  describing addresses critical for particular firmware functioning when
  \texttt{DevirtualiseMmio} quirk is in use. See \hyperref[booterpropsmmio]{MmioWhitelist Properties}
  section below.

1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159
\item
  \texttt{Quirks}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Apply individual booter quirks described
  in \hyperref[booterpropsquirks]{Quirks Properties} section below.

\end{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192
\subsection{MmioWhitelist Properties}\label{booterpropsmmio}

\begin{enumerate}

\item
  \texttt{Address}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Exceptional MMIO address, which memory descriptor should be left
  virtualised (unchanged) by \texttt{DevirtualiseMmio}. This means that the firmware will
  be able to directly communicate with this memory region during operating system functioning,
  because the region this value is in will be assigned a virtual address.

  The addresses written here must be part of the memory map, have \texttt{EfiMemoryMappedIO}
  type and \texttt{EFI\_MEMORY\_RUNTIME} attribute (highest bit) set. To find the list of the
  candidates the debug log can be used.

\item
  \texttt{Comment}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Arbitrary ASCII string used to provide human readable
  reference for the entry. It is implementation defined whether this value is
  used.

\item
  \texttt{Enabled}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: This address will be devirtualised unless set to \texttt{true}.

\end{enumerate}

1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208
\subsection{Quirks Properties}\label{booterpropsquirks}

\begin{enumerate}

\item
  \texttt{AvoidRuntimeDefrag}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Protect from boot.efi runtime memory defragmentation.

  This option fixes UEFI runtime services (date, time, NVRAM, power control, etc.)
  support on many firmwares using SMM backing for select services like variable
  storage. SMM may try to access physical addresses, but they get moved by boot.efi.

  \emph{Note}: Most but Apple and VMware firmwares need this quirk.

1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217
\item
  \texttt{DevirtualiseMmio}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Remove runtime attribute from select MMIO regions.

  This option reduces stolen memory footprint from the memory map by removing
  runtime bit for known memory regions. This quirk may result in the increase
  of KASLR slides available, but is not necessarily compatible with the target
V
vit9696 已提交
1218 1219 1220 1221
  board without additional measures. In general this frees from 64 to 256
  megabytes of memory (present in the debug log), and on some platforms it
  is the only way to boot macOS, which otherwise fails with allocation
  error at bootloader stage.
V
vit9696 已提交
1222 1223 1224 1225 1226

  This option is generally useful on all firmwares except some very old ones,
  like Sandy Bridge. On select firmwares it may require a list of exceptional
  addresses that still need to get their virtual addresses for proper NVRAM and
  hibernation functioning. Use \texttt{MmioWhitelist} section to do this.
1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239

\item
  \texttt{DisableSingleUser}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Disable single user mode.

  This is a security option allowing one to restrict single user mode usage
  by ignoring \texttt{CMD+S} hotkey and \texttt{-s} boot argument. The
  behaviour with this quirk enabled is supposed to match T2-based model
  behaviour. Read \href{https://support.apple.com/HT201573}{this article}
  to understand how to use single user mode with this quirk enabled.

1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247
\item
  \texttt{DisableVariableWrite}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Protect from macOS NVRAM write access.

  This is a security option allowing one to restrict NVRAM access in macOS.
  This quirk requires \texttt{OC\_FIRMWARE\_RUNTIME} protocol implemented
V
vit9696 已提交
1248
  in \texttt{OpenRuntime.efi}.
1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265

  \emph{Note}: This quirk can also be used as an ugly workaround to buggy UEFI
  runtime services implementations that fail to write variables to NVRAM and
  break the rest of the operating system.

\item
  \texttt{DiscardHibernateMap}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Reuse original hibernate memory map.

  This option forces XNU kernel to ignore newly supplied memory map and assume
  that it did not change after waking from hibernation. This behaviour is required
  to work by Windows, which mandates to
  \href{https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows-hardware/design/device-experiences/oem-uefi#hibernation-state-s4-transition-requirements}{preserve}
  runtime memory size and location after S4 wake.

1266 1267 1268 1269
  \emph{Note}: This may be used to workaround buggy memory maps on older hardware,
  and is now considered rare legacy. Examples of such hardware are Ivy Bridge laptops
  with Insyde firmware, like Acer V3-571G. Do not use this unless you fully understand
  the consequences.
1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295

\item
  \texttt{EnableSafeModeSlide}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Patch bootloader to have KASLR enabled in safe mode.

  This option is relevant to the users that have issues booting to safe mode
  (e.g. by holding \texttt{shift} or using \texttt{-x} boot argument). By default
  safe mode forces \texttt{0} slide as if the system was launched with \texttt{slide=0}
  boot argument. This quirk tries to patch \texttt{boot.efi} to lift that limitation
  and let some other value (from \texttt{1} to \texttt{255}) be used. This quirk requires
  \texttt{ProvideCustomSlide} to be enabled.

  \emph{Note}: The necessity of this quirk is determined by safe mode availability. If
  booting to safe mode fails, this option can be tried to be enabled.

\item
  \texttt{EnableWriteUnprotector}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Permit write access to UEFI runtime services code.

  This option bypasses \texttt{R\^X} permissions in code pages of UEFI runtime
  services by removing write protection (\texttt{WP}) bit from \texttt{CR0}
  register during their execution. This quirk requires \texttt{OC\_FIRMWARE\_RUNTIME}
V
vit9696 已提交
1296
  protocol implemented in \texttt{OpenRuntime.efi}.
1297

1298
  \emph{Note}: This quirk may potentially weaken firmware security, please use
1299
  \texttt{RebuildAppleMemoryMap} if your firmware supports memory attributes table (MAT).
1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313

\item
  \texttt{ForceExitBootServices}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Retry \texttt{ExitBootServices} with new memory map on failure.

  Try to ensure that \texttt{ExitBootServices} call succeeds even with outdated MemoryMap
  key argument by obtaining current memory map and retrying \texttt{ExitBootServices} call.

  \emph{Note}: The necessity of this quirk is determined by early boot crashes
  of the firmware. Do not use this unless you fully understand the consequences.

\item
1314
  \texttt{ProtectMemoryRegions}\\
1315 1316
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
1317
  \textbf{Description}: Protect memory regions from incorrect access.
1318

1319
  Some firmwares incorrectly map select memory regions:
1320

1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334
  \begin{itemize}
    \tightlist
    \item CSM region can be marked as boot services code or data, which
      leaves it as free memory for XNU kernel.
    \item MMIO regions can be marked as reserved memory and stay unmapped,
      but may be required to be accessible at runtime for NVRAM support.
  \end{itemize}

  This quirk attempts to fix types of these regions, e.g. ACPI NVS for
  CSM or MMIO for MMIO.

  \emph{Note}: The necessity of this quirk is determined by artifacts, sleep
  wake issues, and boot failures. In general only very old firmwares need
  this quirk.
1335

1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347
\item
  \texttt{ProtectSecureBoot}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Protect UEFI Secure Boot variables from being written.

  Reports security violation during attempts to write to \texttt{db}, \texttt{dbx},
  \texttt{PK}, and \texttt{KEK} variables from the operating system.

  \emph{Note}: This quirk mainly attempts to avoid issues with NVRAM implementations
  with problematic defragmentation, such as select Insyde or \texttt{MacPro5,1}.

1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362
\item
  \texttt{ProtectUefiServices}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Protect UEFI services from being overridden by the firmware.

  Some modern firmwares including both hardware and virtual machines, like VMware,
  may update pointers to UEFI services during driver loading and related actions.
  Consequentially this directly breaks other quirks that affect memory management,
  like \texttt{DevirtualiseMmio}, \texttt{ProtectCsmRegion}, or \texttt{ShrinkMemoryMap},
  and may also break other quirks depending on the effects of these.

  \emph{Note}: On VMware the need for this quirk may be diagnosed by ``Your Mac OS guest
  might run unreliably with more than one virtual core.'' message.

1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380
\item
  \texttt{ProvideCustomSlide}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Provide custom KASLR slide on low memory.

  This option performs memory map analysis of your firmware and checks whether
  all slides (from \texttt{1} to \texttt{255}) can be used. As \texttt{boot.efi}
  generates this value randomly with \texttt{rdrand} or pseudo randomly \texttt{rdtsc},
  there is a chance of boot failure when it chooses a conflicting slide. In case
  potential conflicts exist, this option forces macOS to use a pseudo random value
  among the available ones. This also ensures that \texttt{slide=} argument is never
  passed to the operating system for security reasons.

  \emph{Note}: The necessity of this quirk is determined by \texttt{OCABC: Only N/256
  slide values are usable!} message in the debug log. If the message is present,
  this option is to be enabled.

1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406
\item
  \texttt{RebuildAppleMemoryMap}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Generate Memory Map compatible with macOS.

  Apple kernel has several limitations in parsing UEFI memory map:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item Memory map size must not exceed 4096 bytes as Apple kernel maps
    it as a single 4K page. Since some firmwares have very large memory maps
    (approximately over 100 entries) Apple kernel will crash at boot.
  \item Memory attributes table is ignored. \texttt{EfiRuntimeServicesCode}
    memory statically gets \texttt{RX} permissions, and all other memory types
    get \texttt{RW} permissions. Since some firmware drivers may write to global
    variables at runtime, Apple kernel will crash at calling UEFI runtime services,
    unless driver \texttt{.data} section has \texttt{EfiRuntimeServicesData}
    type.
  \end{itemize}

  To workaround these limitations this quirk applies memory attributes table
  permissions to memory map passed to Apple kernel and optionally attempts
  to unify contiguous slots of similar types if the resulting memory map exceeds
  4 KB.

1407 1408 1409 1410
  \emph{Note 1}: Since many firmwares come with incorrect memory protection
  table this quirk often comes in pair with \texttt{SyncRuntimePermissions}.

  \emph{Note 2}: The necessity of this quirk is determined by early boot failures.
1411 1412
  This quirk replaces \texttt{EnableWriteUnprotector} on firmwares supporting
  memory attributes table (MAT).
1413

1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424
\item
  \texttt{SetupVirtualMap}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Setup virtual memory at \texttt{SetVirtualAddresses}.

  Select firmwares access memory by virtual addresses after \texttt{SetVirtualAddresses}
  call, which results in early boot crashes. This quirk workarounds the problem by
  performing early boot identity mapping of assigned virtual addresses to physical
  memory.

1425 1426 1427
  \emph{Note}: The necessity of this quirk is determined by early boot failures. Currently
  new firmwares with memory protection support (like OVMF) do not support this quirk due to
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker/issues/719}{acidanthera/bugtracker\#719}.
1428

1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438
\item
  \texttt{SignalAppleOS}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Report macOS being loaded through OS Info for any OS.

  This quirk is useful on Mac firmwares, which behave differently in different OS.
  For example, it is supposed to enable Intel GPU in Windows and Linux in some
  dual-GPU MacBook models.

1439 1440 1441 1442
\item
  \texttt{SyncRuntimePermissions}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
1443
  \textbf{Description}: Update memory permissions for runtime environment.
1444

1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456
  Some firmwares either fail to properly handle runtime permissions:
  \begin{itemize}
    \tightlist
    \item They incorrectly mark \texttt{OpenRuntime} as not executable in the memory map.
    \item They incorrectly mark \texttt{OpenRuntime} as not executable in the memory
    attributes table.
    \item They lose entries from the memory attributes table after \texttt{OpenRuntime}
    is loaded.
    \item They mark items in the memory attributes table as read-write-execute.
  \end{itemize}

  This quirk tries to update memory map and memory attributes table to correct this.
1457 1458 1459 1460

  \emph{Note}: The necessity of this quirk is determined by early boot failures either in
  macOS or in Linux/Windows. In general only firmwares released in 2018 or later are affected.

1461 1462
\end{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
1463 1464 1465 1466 1467
\section{DeviceProperties}\label{devprops}

\subsection{Introduction}\label{devpropsintro}

Device configuration is provided to macOS with a dedicated buffer,
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
1468
called \texttt{EfiDevicePathPropertyDatabase}. This buffer is a serialised
V
vit9696 已提交
1469 1470
map of DevicePaths to a map of property names and their values.

V
vit9696 已提交
1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480
Property data can be debugged with
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/gfxutil}{gfxutil}.
To obtain current property data use the following command in macOS:
\begin{lstlisting}[label=gfxutil, style=ocbash]
ioreg -lw0 -p IODeviceTree -n efi -r -x | grep device-properties |
  sed 's/.*<//;s/>.*//' > /tmp/device-properties.hex &&
  gfxutil /tmp/device-properties.hex /tmp/device-properties.plist &&
  cat /tmp/device-properties.plist
\end{lstlisting}

V
vit9696 已提交
1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550
\subsection{Properties}\label{devpropsprops}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{Add}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Sets device properties from a map (\texttt{plist\ dict})
  of deivce paths to a map (\texttt{plist\ dict}) of variable names and their values
  in \texttt{plist\ metadata} format. Device paths must be provided in canonic string
  format (e.g. \texttt{PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1,0x0)/Pci(0x0,0x0)}). Properties will only
  be set if not present and not blocked.

  \emph{Note}: Currently properties may only be (formerly) added by the original driver,
  so unless a separate driver was installed, there is no reason to block the variables.

\item
  \texttt{Block}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Removes device properties from a map (\texttt{plist\ dict})
  of deivce paths to an array (\texttt{plist\ array}) of variable names in
  \texttt{plist\ string} format.

\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Common Properties}\label{devpropscommon}

Some known properties include:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item
  \texttt{device-id}
  \break
  User-specified device identifier used for I/O Kit matching. Has 4 byte data type.
\item
  \texttt{vendor-id}
  \break
  User-specified vendor identifier used for I/O Kit matching. Has 4 byte data type.
\item
  \texttt{AAPL,ig-platform-id}
  \break
  Intel GPU framebuffer identifier used for framebuffer selection on Ivy Bridge and newer.
  Has 4 byte data type.
\item
  \texttt{AAPL,snb-platform-id}
  \break
  Intel GPU framebuffer identifier used for framebuffer selection on Sandy Bridge.
  Has 4 byte data type.
\item
  \texttt{layout-id}
  \break
  Audio layout used for AppleHDA layout selection. Has 4 byte data type.
\end{itemize}


\section{Kernel}\label{kernel}

\subsection{Introduction}\label{kernelintro}

This section allows to apply different kinds of kernelspace modifications on
Apple Kernel (\href{https://opensource.apple.com/source/xnu}{XNU}). The modifications
currently provide driver (kext) injection, kernel and driver patching, and driver
blocking.

\subsection{Properties}\label{kernelprops}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{Add}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
1551
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1552 1553 1554
  \textbf{Description}: Load selected kernel drivers from \texttt{OC/Kexts} directory.

  Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ dict} values, describing each driver.
V
vit9696 已提交
1555 1556 1557
  See \hyperref[kernelpropsadd]{Add Properties} section below. Kernel driver load
  order follows the item order in the array, thus the dependencies should be written
  prior to their consumers.
V
vit9696 已提交
1558 1559 1560 1561

\item
  \texttt{Block}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
1562
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1563 1564 1565 1566 1567
  \textbf{Description}: Remove selected kernel drivers from prelinked kernel.

  Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ dictionary} values, describing each
  blocked driver. See \hyperref[kernelpropsblock]{Block Properties} section below.

1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573
\item
  \texttt{Emulate}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Emulate select hardware in kernelspace via parameters
  described in \hyperref[kernelpropsemu]{Emulate Properties} section below.

V
vit9696 已提交
1574 1575 1576
\item
  \texttt{Patch}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
1577
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1578
  \textbf{Description}: Perform binary patches in kernel and drivers prior to
1579
  driver addition and removal.
V
vit9696 已提交
1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595

  Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ dictionary} values, describing each
  patch. See \hyperref[kernelpropspatch]{Patch Properties} section below.

\item
  \texttt{Quirks}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Apply individual kernel and driver quirks described
  in \hyperref[kernelpropsquirks]{Quirks Properties} section below.

\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Add Properties}\label{kernelpropsadd}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
1596
  \texttt{BundlePath}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1597
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1598
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
1599 1600
  \textbf{Description}: Kext bundle path (e.g. \texttt{Lilu.kext}
  or \texttt{MyKext.kext/Contents/PlugIns/MySubKext.kext}).
V
vit9696 已提交
1601 1602 1603 1604

\item
  \texttt{Comment}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1605
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612
  \textbf{Description}: Arbitrary ASCII string used to provide human readable
  reference for the entry. It is implementation defined whether this value is
  used.

\item
  \texttt{Enabled}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1613
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619
  \textbf{Description}: This kernel driver will not be added unless set to
  \texttt{true}.

\item
  \texttt{ExecutablePath}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1620
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1621 1622 1623 1624
  \textbf{Description}: Kext executable path relative to bundle
  (e.g. \texttt{Contents/MacOS/Lilu}).

\item
1625
  \texttt{MaxKernel}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1626
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1627
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
1628 1629
  \textbf{Description}: Adds kernel driver on specified macOS version or older.

V
vit9696 已提交
1630 1631 1632
  \hypertarget{kernmatch}Kernel version can be obtained with \texttt{uname -r} command,
  and should look like 3 numbers separated by dots, for example \texttt{18.7.0} is the
  kernel version for \texttt{10.14.6}. Kernel version interpretation is implemented as follows:
1633 1634
  \begin{align*}
    \begin{aligned}
M
Michael Belyaev 已提交
1635
      ParseDarwinVersion(\kappa,\lambda,\mu)&=\kappa \cdot10000 &&
1636
        \text{Where }\kappa\in(0,99)\text{ is kernel version major} \\
V
vit9696 已提交
1637
      &+ \lambda\cdot100 &&
1638
        \text{Where }\lambda\in(0,99)\text{ is kernel version minor} \\
V
vit9696 已提交
1639
      &+ \mu &&
1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673
        \text{Where }\mu\in(0,99)\text{ is kernel version patch}
    \end{aligned}
  \end{align*}
  Kernel version comparison is implemented as follows:
  \begin{align*}
    \alpha&=\begin{cases}
      \vspace{-0.5cm}\mbox{\hspace{8cm}} & \mbox{\hspace{5cm}} \\
      ParseDarwinVersion(\texttt{MinKernel}), & \text{If } \texttt{MinKernel} \text{ is valid} \\
      0 & Otherwise
    \end{cases} \\
    \beta&=\begin{cases}
      \vspace{-0.5cm}\mbox{\hspace{8cm}} & \mbox{\hspace{5cm}} \\
      ParseDarwinVersion(\texttt{MaxKernel}), & \text{If } \texttt{MaxKernel} \text{ is valid} \\
      \infty & Otherwise
    \end{cases} \\
    \gamma&=\begin{cases}
      \vspace{-0.5cm}\mbox{\hspace{8cm}} & \mbox{\hspace{5cm}} \\
      ParseDarwinVersion(FindDarwinVersion()), & \text{If valid } \texttt{"Darwin Kernel Version"} \text{ is found} \\
      \infty & Otherwise
    \end{cases} \\
    & \hspace{5cm} f(\alpha,\beta,\gamma)=\alpha\leq\gamma\leq\beta
  \end{align*}
  Here $ParseDarwinVersion$ argument is assumed to be 3 integers obtained by splitting Darwin kernel version
  string from left to right by the \texttt{.} symbol. $FindDarwinVersion$ function looks up
  Darwin kernel version by locating \texttt{"Darwin Kernel Version $\kappa$.$\lambda$.$\mu$"} string
  in the kernel image.

\item
  \texttt{MinKernel}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Adds kernel driver on specified macOS version or newer.

  \emph{Note}: Refer to \hyperlink{kernmatch}{\texttt{Add} \texttt{MaxKernel} description} for matching logic.
V
vit9696 已提交
1674 1675 1676 1677

\item
  \texttt{PlistPath}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1678
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689
  \textbf{Description}: Kext \texttt{Info.plist} path relative to bundle
  (e.g. \texttt{Contents/Info.plist}).

\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Block Properties}\label{kernelpropsblock}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{Comment}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1690
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697
  \textbf{Description}: Arbitrary ASCII string used to provide human readable
  reference for the entry. It is implementation defined whether this value is
  used.

\item
  \texttt{Enabled}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1698
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1699
  \textbf{Description}: This kernel driver will not be blocked unless set to
V
vit9696 已提交
1700 1701 1702 1703 1704
  \texttt{true}.

\item
  \texttt{Identifier}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1705
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1706 1707 1708 1709
  \textbf{Description}: Kext bundle identifier
    (e.g. \texttt{com.apple.driver.AppleTyMCEDriver}).

\item
1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718
  \texttt{MaxKernel}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Blocks kernel driver on specified macOS version or older.

  \emph{Note}: Refer to \hyperlink{kernmatch}{\texttt{Add} \texttt{MaxKernel} description} for matching logic.

\item
  \texttt{MinKernel}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1719
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1720
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
1721 1722 1723
  \textbf{Description}: Blocks kernel driver on specified macOS version or newer.

  \emph{Note}: Refer to \hyperlink{kernmatch}{\texttt{Add} \texttt{MaxKernel} description} for matching logic.
V
vit9696 已提交
1724 1725 1726

\end{enumerate}

1727 1728 1729 1730 1731
\subsection{Emulate Properties}\label{kernelpropsemu}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{Cpuid1Data}\\
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
1732
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 16 bytes\\
1733
  \textbf{Failsafe}: All zero\\
1734
  \textbf{Description}: Sequence of \texttt{EAX}, \texttt{EBX}, \texttt{ECX},
1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762
  \texttt{EDX} values to replace \texttt{CPUID (1)} call in XNU kernel.

  This property serves for two needs:

  \begin{itemize}
    \tightlist
    \item Enabling support of an unsupported CPU model.
    \item Enabling XCPM support for an unsupported CPU variant.
  \end{itemize}

  Normally it is only the value of \texttt{EAX} that needs to be taken care of,
  since it represents the full CPUID. The remaining bytes are to be left as zeroes.
  Byte order is Little Endian, so for example, \texttt{A9 06 03 00} stands for CPUID
  \texttt{0x0306A9} (Ivy Bridge).

  For XCPM support it is recommended to use the following combinations.

  \begin{itemize}
    \tightlist
    \item Haswell-E (\texttt{0x306F2}) to Haswell (\texttt{0x0306C3}):\\
    \texttt{Cpuid1Data}: \texttt{C3 06 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00}\\
    \texttt{Cpuid1Mask}: \texttt{FF FF FF FF 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00}
    \item Broadwell-E (\texttt{0x0406F1}) to Broadwell (\texttt{0x0306D4}):\\
    \texttt{Cpuid1Data}: \texttt{D4 06 03 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00}\\
    \texttt{Cpuid1Mask}: \texttt{FF FF FF FF 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00}
  \end{itemize}

  Further explanations can be found at
1763
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker/issues/365}{acidanthera/bugtracker\#365}.
1764
  See \texttt{Special NOTES} for Haswell+ low-end.
1765 1766 1767

\item
  \texttt{Cpuid1Mask}\\
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
1768
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 16 bytes\\
1769
  \textbf{Failsafe}: All zero\\
1770 1771 1772
  \textbf{Description}: Bit mask of active bits in \texttt{Cpuid1Data}.

  When each \texttt{Cpuid1Mask} bit is set to 0, the original CPU bit is used,
V
vit9696 已提交
1773
  otherwise set bits take the value of \texttt{Cpuid1Data}.
1774 1775 1776

\end{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782
\subsection{Patch Properties}\label{kernelpropspatch}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{Base}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1783
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790
  \textbf{Description}: Selects symbol-matched base for patch lookup (or immediate
  replacement) by obtaining the address of provided symbol name. Can be set to
  empty string to be ignored.

\item
  \texttt{Comment}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1791
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798
  \textbf{Description}: Arbitrary ASCII string used to provide human readable
  reference for the entry. It is implementation defined whether this value is
  used.

\item
  \texttt{Count}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
1799
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805
  \textbf{Description}: Number of patch occurrences to apply. \texttt{0} applies
  the patch to all occurrences found.

\item
  \texttt{Enabled}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1806
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812
  \textbf{Description}: This kernel patch will not be used unless set to
  \texttt{true}.

\item
  \texttt{Find}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}\\
1813
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty data\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820
  \textbf{Description}: Data to find. Can be set to empty for immediate
  replacement at \texttt{Base}. Must equal to \texttt{Replace} in size
  otherwise.

\item
  \texttt{Identifier}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1821
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827
  \textbf{Description}: Kext bundle identifier (e.g. \texttt{com.apple.driver.AppleHDA})
  or \texttt{kernel} for kernel patch.

\item
  \texttt{Limit}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
1828
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834
  \textbf{Description}: Maximum number of bytes to search for. Can be set to
  \texttt{0} to look through the whole kext or kernel.

\item
  \texttt{Mask}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}\\
1835
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty data\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841
  \textbf{Description}: Data bitwise mask used during find comparison.
  Allows fuzzy search by ignoring not masked (set to zero) bits. Can be
  set to empty data to be ignored. Must equal to \texttt{Replace} in size
  otherwise.

\item
1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850
  \texttt{MaxKernel}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Patches data on specified macOS version or older.

  \emph{Note}: Refer to \hyperlink{kernmatch}{\texttt{Add} \texttt{MaxKernel} description} for matching logic.

\item
  \texttt{MinKernel}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1851
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
1852
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
1853 1854 1855
  \textbf{Description}: Patches data on specified macOS version or newer.

  \emph{Note}: Refer to \hyperlink{kernmatch}{\texttt{Add} \texttt{MaxKernel} description} for matching logic.
V
vit9696 已提交
1856 1857 1858 1859

\item
  \texttt{Replace}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}\\
1860
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty data\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1861 1862 1863 1864 1865
  \textbf{Description}: Replacement data of one or more bytes.

\item
  \texttt{ReplaceMask}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}\\
1866
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty data\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874
  \textbf{Description}: Data bitwise mask used during replacement.
  Allows fuzzy replacement by updating masked (set to non-zero) bits. Can be
  set to empty data to be ignored. Must equal to \texttt{Replace} in size
  otherwise.

\item
  \texttt{Skip}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
1875
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883
  \textbf{Description}: Number of found occurrences to be skipped before replacement
  is done.

\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Quirks Properties}\label{kernelpropsquirks}

\begin{enumerate}
1884

V
vit9696 已提交
1885 1886 1887
\item
  \texttt{AppleCpuPmCfgLock}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1888
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
1889 1890 1891 1892
  \textbf{Description}: Disables \texttt{PKG\_CST\_CONFIG\_CONTROL} (\texttt{0xE2})
  MSR modification in AppleIntelCPUPowerManagement.kext, commonly causing early
  kernel panic, when it is locked from writing.

V
vit9696 已提交
1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922
  Certain firmwares lock \texttt{PKG\_CST\_CONFIG\_CONTROL} MSR register. To check its
  state one can use bundled \texttt{VerifyMsrE2} tool. Select firmwares have this
  register locked on some cores only.

  As modern firmwares provide \texttt{CFG Lock} setting, which allows configuring
  \texttt{PKG\_CST\_CONFIG\_CONTROL} MSR register lock, this option should be avoided
  whenever possible. For several APTIO firmwares not displaying \texttt{CFG Lock} setting
  in the GUI it is possible to access the option directly:

  \begin{enumerate}
    \tightlist
    \item Download \href{https://github.com/LongSoft/UEFITool/releases}{UEFITool} and
      \href{https://github.com/LongSoft/Universal-IFR-Extractor/releases}{IFR-Extractor}.
    \item Open your firmware image in UEFITool and find \texttt{CFG Lock} unicode string.
      If it is not present, your firmware may not have this option and you should stop.
    \item Extract the \texttt{Setup.bin} PE32 Image Section (the one UEFITool found) through
      \texttt{Extract Body} menu option.
    \item Run IFR-Extractor on the extracted file (e.g. \texttt{./ifrextract Setup.bin Setup.txt}).
    \item Find \texttt{CFG Lock, VarStoreInfo (VarOffset/VarName):} in \texttt{Setup.txt} and
      remember the offset right after it (e.g. \texttt{0x123}).
    \item Download and run \href{http://brains.by/posts/bootx64.7z}{Modified GRUB Shell} compiled by
      \href{https://geektimes.com/post/258090}{brainsucker} or use
      \href{https://github.com/datasone/grub-mod-setup_var}{a newer version} by
      \href{https://github.com/datasone}{datasone}.
    \item Enter \texttt{setup\_var 0x123 0x00} command, where \texttt{0x123} should be replaced by
      your actual offset, and reboot.
  \end{enumerate}

  \textbf{WARNING}: Variable offsets are unique not only to each motherboard but even to its firmware
  version. Never ever try to use an offset without checking.
V
vit9696 已提交
1923

1924 1925 1926
\item
  \texttt{AppleXcpmCfgLock}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1927
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
1928 1929 1930 1931
  \textbf{Description}: Disables \texttt{PKG\_CST\_CONFIG\_CONTROL} (\texttt{0xE2})
  MSR modification in XNU kernel, commonly causing early kernel panic, when it is
  locked from writing (XCPM power management).

V
vit9696 已提交
1932 1933
  \emph{Note}: This option should be avoided whenever possible. See \texttt{AppleCpuPmCfgLock}
  description for more details.
1934

1935 1936 1937
\item
  \texttt{AppleXcpmExtraMsrs}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1938
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
1939
  \textbf{Description}: Disables multiple MSR access critical for select CPUs,
1940
  which have no native XCPM support.
1941

1942 1943
  This is normally used in conjunction with \texttt{Emulate} section on Haswell-E,
  Broadwell-E, Skylake-X, and similar CPUs. More details on the XCPM patches are outlined in
1944 1945
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker/issues/365}{acidanthera/bugtracker\#365}.

1946 1947 1948
  \emph{Note}: Additional not provided patches will be required for Ivy Bridge or Pentium
  CPUs. It is recommended to use \texttt{AppleIntelCpuPowerManagement.kext} for the former.

1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961
\item
  \texttt{AppleXcpmForceBoost}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Forces maximum performance in XCPM mode.

  This patch writes \texttt{0xFF00} to \texttt{MSR\_IA32\_PERF\_CONTROL} (\texttt{0x199}),
  effectively setting maximum multiplier for all the time.

  \emph{Note}: While this may increase the performance, this patch is strongly discouraged
  on all systems but those explicitly dedicated to scientific or media calculations.
  In general only certain Xeon models benefit from the patch.

1962 1963 1964
\item
  \texttt{CustomSMBIOSGuid}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1965
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
1966 1967 1968
  \textbf{Description}: Performs GUID patching for \texttt{UpdateSMBIOSMode}
  \texttt{Custom} mode. Usually relevant for Dell laptops.

1969 1970 1971
\item
  \texttt{DisableIoMapper}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
1972
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979
  \textbf{Description}: Disables \texttt{IOMapper} support in XNU (VT-d),
  which may conflict with the firmware implementation.

  \emph{Note}: This option is a preferred alternative to dropping \texttt{DMAR}
  ACPI table and disabling VT-d in firmware preferences, which does not break
  VT-d support in other systems in case they need it.

1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991
\item
  \texttt{DisableRtcChecksum}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Disables primary checksum (\texttt{0x58}-\texttt{0x59})
  writing in AppleRTC.

  \emph{Note 1}: This option will not protect other areas from being overwritten,
  see \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/RTCMemoryFixup}{RTCMemoryFixup}
  kernel extension if this is desired.

  \emph{Note 2}: This option will not protect areas from being overwritten
1992 1993
  at firmware stage (e.g. macOS bootloader), see \texttt{AppleRtc} protocol
  description if this is desired.
1994

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004
\item
  \texttt{DummyPowerManagement}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Disables \texttt{AppleIntelCpuPowerManagement}.

  \emph{Note}: This option is a preferred alternative to
  \texttt{NullCpuPowerManagement.kext} for CPUs without native power
  management driver in macOS.

V
vit9696 已提交
2005 2006 2007
\item
  \texttt{ExternalDiskIcons}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
2008
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
2009
  \textbf{Description}: Apply icon type patches to AppleAHCIPort.kext to force
V
vit9696 已提交
2010 2011
  internal disk icons for all AHCI disks.

A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
2012
  \emph{Note}: This option should be avoided whenever possible. Modern firmwares
V
vit9696 已提交
2013 2014
  usually have compatible AHCI controllers.

2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023
\item
  \texttt{IncreasePciBarSize}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Increases 32-bit PCI bar size in IOPCIFamily from 1 to 4 GBs.

  \emph{Note}: This option should be avoided whenever possible. In general the necessity
  of this option means misconfigured or broken firmware.

2024 2025 2026
\item
  \texttt{LapicKernelPanic}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
2027
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
2028
  \textbf{Description}: Disables kernel panic on LAPIC interrupts.
2029

2030 2031 2032
\item
  \texttt{PanicNoKextDump}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
2033
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
2034 2035 2036
  \textbf{Description}: Prevent kernel from printing kext dump in the panic
  log preventing from observing panic details. Affects 10.13 and above.

2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048
\item
  \texttt{PowerTimeoutKernelPanic}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Disables kernel panic on setPowerState timeout.

  An additional security measure was added to macOS Catalina (10.15) causing
  kernel panic on power change timeout for Apple drivers. Sometimes it may cause
  issues on misconfigured hardware, notably digital audio, which sometimes fails
  to wake up. For debug kernels \texttt{setpowerstate\_panic=0} boot argument
  should be used, which is otherwise equivalent to this quirk.

V
vit9696 已提交
2049
\item
2050
  \texttt{ThirdPartyDrives}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
2051
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
2052
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
2053 2054 2055
  \textbf{Description}: Apply vendor patches to IOAHCIBlockStorage.kext to enable
  native features for third-party drives, such as TRIM on SSDs or hibernation
  support on 10.15 and newer.
V
vit9696 已提交
2056

2057
  \emph{Note}: This option may be avoided on user preference. NVMe SSDs are
V
vit9696 已提交
2058
  compatible without the change. For AHCI SSDs on modern macOS version there
2059 2060 2061
  is a dedicated built-in utility called \texttt{trimforce}. Starting from 10.15
  this utility creates \texttt{EnableTRIM} variable in \texttt{APPLE\_BOOT\_VARIABLE\_GUID}
  namespace with \texttt{01 00 00 00} value.
V
vit9696 已提交
2062 2063 2064 2065

\item
  \texttt{XhciPortLimit}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
2066
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
2067 2068 2069
  \textbf{Description}: Patch various kexts (AppleUSBXHCI.kext, AppleUSBXHCIPCI.kext,
  IOUSBHostFamily.kext) to remove USB port count limit of 15 ports.

2070
  \emph{Note}: This option should be avoided whenever possible. USB port limit
V
vit9696 已提交
2071 2072 2073
  is imposed by the amount of used bits in locationID format and there is no
  possible way to workaround this without heavy OS modification. The only
  valid solution is to limit the amount of used ports to 15 (discarding some).
2074
  More details can be found on \href{https://applelife.ru/posts/550233}{AppleLife.ru}.
V
vit9696 已提交
2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081

\end{enumerate}

\section{Misc}\label{misc}

\subsection{Introduction}\label{miscintro}

2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174
This section contains miscellaneous configuration affecting OpenCore operating system loading behaviour
as well as other entries, which do not go to any other section.

OpenCore tries to follow ``bless'' model also known as ``Apple Boot Policy''. The primary specialty of
``bless'' model is to allow embedding boot options within the file system (and be accessible through a
specialised driver) as well as supporting a broader range of predefined boot paths compared to the
removable media list found in the UEFI specification.

Each partition will only be used for booting when it corresponds to ``Scan policy'': a set of restrictions
to only use partitions with specific file systems and from specific device types. Scan policy behaviour is
discussed in \texttt{ScanPolicy} property description.

Scan process starts with obtaining all the partitions filtered with ``Scan policy''. Each partition may
produce multiple primary and alternate options. Primary options describe operating systems installed
on this media. Alternate options describe recovery options for the operating systems on the media.
It is possible for alternate options to exist without primary options and vice versa. Be warned
that the options may not necessarily describe the operating systems on the same partition.
Each primary and alternate option can be an auxiliary option or not, refer to \texttt{HideAuxiliary}
for more details. Algorithm to determine boot options behaves as follows:

\begin{enumerate}
\tightlist
\item Obtain all available partition handles filtered by ``Scan policy'' (and driver availability).
\item Obtain all available boot options from \texttt{BootOrder} UEFI variable.
\item For each found boot option:
  \begin{itemize}
  \item Retrieve device path of the boot option.
  % Scan policy restrictions are actually checked here as we want the function to be self-contained
  % for non-scan based startup.
  \item Perform fixups (e.g. NVMe subtype correction) and expansion (e.g. for Boot Camp) of the device path.
  \item Obtain device handle by locating device path of the resulting device path (ignore it on failure).
  \item Find device handle in the list of partition handles (ignore it if missing).
  % To determine device path type we can use LocateDevicePath RemainingDevicePath argument. Just check whether
  % it points to the END device path.
  \item For disk device paths (not specifying a bootloader) execute ``bless'' (may return > 1 entry).
  \item For file device paths check presence on the file system directly.
  \item Exclude options with blacklisted filenames (refer to \texttt{BlacklistAppleUpdate} option).
  % Just kill all \EFI\APPLE\ paths.
  \item On OpenCore boot partition exclude all OpenCore bootstrap files by header checks.
  \item Mark device handle as \textit{used} in the list of partition handles if any.
  % Each partition handle will basically have a list of boot option entries for later quick lookup.
  \item Register the resulting entries as primary options and determine their types. \\
  The option will become auxiliary for some types (e.g. Apple HFS recovery).
  \end{itemize}
\item For each partition handle:
  \begin{itemize}
  \item If partition handle is marked as \textit{unused} execute ``bless'' primary option list retrieval. \\
    In case \texttt{BlessOverride} list is set, not only standard ``bless'' paths will be found but
    also custom ones.
  \item Exclude options with blacklisted filenames (refer to \item{BlacklistAppleUpdate} option).
  \item On OpenCore boot partition exclude all OpenCore bootstrap files by header checks.
  \item Register the resulting entries as primary options and determine their types if found. \\
  The option will become auxiliary for some types (e.g. Apple HFS recovery).
  % Looking up primary and alternate handles could be done per handle to make sure the list is ordered.
  \item If partition already has primary options of ``Apple Recovery'' type proceed to next handle.
  \item Lookup alternate entries by ``bless'' recovery option list retrieval and predefined paths.
  \item Register the resulting entries as alternate auxiliary options and determine their types if found.
  \end{itemize}
\item Custom entries and tools are added as primary options without any checks with respect to \texttt{Auxiliary}.
\item System entries (e.g. \texttt{Reset NVRAM}) are added as primary auxiliary options.
\end{enumerate}

The display order of the boot options in the picker and the boot process are determined separately from the scanning
algorithm. The display order as follows:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item Alternate options follow corresponding primary options, i.e. Apple recovery will be following the
  relevant macOS option whenever possible.
\item Options will be listed in file system handle firmware order to maintain an established order across
  the reboots regardless of the chosen operating system for loading.
\item Custom entries, tools, and system entries will be added after all other options.
\item Auxiliary options will only show upon entering ``Advanced Mode'' in the picker (usually by pressing ``Space'').
\end{itemize}

The boot process is as follows:
\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item Try looking up first valid primary option through \texttt{BootNext} UEFI variable.
\item On failure looking up first valid primary option through \texttt{BootOrder} UEFI variable.
\item Mark the option as the default option to boot.
\item Boot option through the picker or without it depending on the \texttt{ShowPicker} option.
\item Show picker on failure otherwise.
\end{itemize}

\emph{Note 1}: This process is meant to work reliably only when \texttt{RequestBootVarRouting}
option is enabled or the firmware does not control UEFI boot options (\texttt{DuetPkg} or
custom BDS). Without \texttt{BootProtect} it also is possible that other operating systems
overwrite OpenCore, make sure to enable it if you plan to use them.

\emph{Note 2}: UEFI variable boot options' boot arguments will be dropped if present as they
may contain arguments compromising the operating system, which is undesired once secure boot
is enabled.
V
vit9696 已提交
2175 2176 2177

\subsection{Properties}\label{miscprops}

V
vit9696 已提交
2178
\begin{enumerate}
2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184
\item
  \texttt{Boot}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Apply boot configuration described in
  \hyperref[miscbootprops]{Boot Properties} section below.

2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191
\item
  \texttt{BlessOverride}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Add custom scanning paths through bless model.

  Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ string} entries containing
  absolute UEFI paths to customised bootloaders, for example,
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
2192
  \texttt{\textbackslash EFI\textbackslash Microsoft\textbackslash Boot\textbackslash bootmgfw.efi}
2193 2194 2195 2196 2197
  for Microsoft bootloader. This allows unusual boot paths to be automaticlly
  discovered by the boot picker. Designwise they are equivalent to predefined blessed path, such as
  \texttt{\textbackslash System\textbackslash Library\textbackslash CoreServices\textbackslash boot.efi},
  but unlike predefined bless paths they have highest priority.

V
vit9696 已提交
2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203
\item
  \texttt{Debug}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Apply debug configuration described in
  \hyperref[miscdebugprops]{Debug Properties} section below.

2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211
\item
  \texttt{Entries}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Add boot entries to boot picker.

  Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ dict} values, describing each load entry.
  See \hyperref[miscentryprops]{Entry Properties} section below.

2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217
\item
  \texttt{Security}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Apply security configuration described in
  \hyperref[miscsecurityprops]{Security Properties} section below.

2218 2219 2220
\item
  \texttt{Tools}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
2221
  \textbf{Description}: Add tool entries to boot picker.
2222

2223 2224
  Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ dict} values, describing each load entry.
  See \hyperref[miscentryprops]{Entry Properties} section below.
2225

V
vit9696 已提交
2226
  \emph{Note}: Select tools, for example, UEFI Shell, are very
V
vit9696 已提交
2227 2228 2229
  dangerous and \textbf{MUST NOT} appear in production configurations, especially
  in vaulted ones and protected with secure boot, as they may be used to easily
  bypass secure boot chain.
2230

V
vit9696 已提交
2231 2232
\end{enumerate}

2233 2234 2235 2236
\subsection{Boot Properties}\label{miscbootprops}

\begin{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277
\item
  \texttt{ConsoleAttributes}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Sets specific attributes for console.

  Text renderer supports colour arguments as a sum of foreground and background
  colors according to UEFI specification. The value of black background and
  black foreground (\texttt{0}) is reserved. List of colour names:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{0x00} --- \texttt{EFI\_BLACK}
  \item \texttt{0x01} --- \texttt{EFI\_BLUE}
  \item \texttt{0x02} --- \texttt{EFI\_GREEN}
  \item \texttt{0x03} --- \texttt{EFI\_CYAN}
  \item \texttt{0x04} --- \texttt{EFI\_RED}
  \item \texttt{0x05} --- \texttt{EFI\_MAGENTA}
  \item \texttt{0x06} --- \texttt{EFI\_BROWN}
  \item \texttt{0x07} --- \texttt{EFI\_LIGHTGRAY}
  \item \texttt{0x08} --- \texttt{EFI\_DARKGRAY}
  \item \texttt{0x09} --- \texttt{EFI\_LIGHTBLUE}
  \item \texttt{0x0A} --- \texttt{EFI\_LIGHTGREEN}
  \item \texttt{0x0B} --- \texttt{EFI\_LIGHTCYAN}
  \item \texttt{0x0C} --- \texttt{EFI\_LIGHTRED}
  \item \texttt{0x0D} --- \texttt{EFI\_LIGHTMAGENTA}
  \item \texttt{0x0E} --- \texttt{EFI\_YELLOW}
  \item \texttt{0x0F} --- \texttt{EFI\_WHITE}
  \item \texttt{0x00} --- \texttt{EFI\_BACKGROUND\_BLACK}
  \item \texttt{0x10} --- \texttt{EFI\_BACKGROUND\_BLUE}
  \item \texttt{0x20} --- \texttt{EFI\_BACKGROUND\_GREEN}
  \item \texttt{0x30} --- \texttt{EFI\_BACKGROUND\_CYAN}
  \item \texttt{0x40} --- \texttt{EFI\_BACKGROUND\_RED}
  \item \texttt{0x50} --- \texttt{EFI\_BACKGROUND\_MAGENTA}
  \item \texttt{0x60} --- \texttt{EFI\_BACKGROUND\_BROWN}
  \item \texttt{0x70} --- \texttt{EFI\_BACKGROUND\_LIGHTGRAY}
  \end{itemize}

  \emph{Note}: This option may not work well with \texttt{System} text renderer.
  Setting a background different from black could help testing proper GOP functioning.

2278 2279 2280
\item
  \texttt{HibernateMode}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
2281
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{None}\\
2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291
  \textbf{Description}: Hibernation detection mode. The following modes are supported:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
    \item \texttt{None} --- Avoid hibernation for your own good.
    \item \texttt{Auto} --- Use RTC and NVRAM detection.
    \item \texttt{RTC} --- Use RTC detection.
    \item \texttt{NVRAM} --- Use NVRAM detection.
  \end{itemize}

2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302
\item
  \texttt{HideAuxiliary}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Hides auxiliary entries from picker menu by default.

  An entry is considered auxiliary when at least one of the following applies:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
    \item Entry is macOS recovery.
2303
    \item Entry is macOS Time Machine.
2304 2305 2306 2307
    \item Entry is explicitly marked as \texttt{Auxiliary}.
    \item Entry is system (e.g. \texttt{Clean NVRAM}).
  \end{itemize}

V
vit9696 已提交
2308 2309 2310
  To see all entries picker menu needs to be reloaded in extended mode by pressing
  \texttt{Spacebar} key. Hiding auxiliary entries may increase boot performance
  for multidisk systems.
2311

2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317
\item
  \texttt{PickerAttributes}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Sets specific attributes for picker.

V
vit9696 已提交
2318 2319 2320 2321 2322
  Different pickers may be configured through the attribute mask containing
  OpenCore-reserved (\texttt{BIT0}\textasciitilde\texttt{BIT15}) and OEM-specific
  (\texttt{BIT16}\textasciitilde\texttt{BIT31}) values.

  Current OpenCore values include:
2323 2324 2325

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
V
vit9696 已提交
2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333
  \item \texttt{0x0001} --- \texttt{OC\_ATTR\_USE\_VOLUME\_ICON}, provides custom icons
    for boot entries:
    \begin{itemize}
      \tightlist
      \item \texttt{.VolumeIcon.icns} file at \texttt{Preboot} root for APFS.
      \item \texttt{.VolumeIcon.icns} file at volume root for other filesystems.
      \item \texttt{<TOOL\_NAME>.icns} file for \texttt{Tools}.
    \end{itemize}
2334 2335
    Volume icons can be set in Finder. Note, that enabling this may result in
    external and internal icons to be indistinguishable.
V
vit9696 已提交
2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348
  \item \texttt{0x0002} --- \texttt{OC\_ATTR\_USE\_DISK\_LABEL\_FILE}, provides custom
    rendered titles for boot entries:
    \begin{itemize}
      \tightlist
      \item \texttt{.disk\_label} (\texttt{.disk\_label\_2x}) file near bootloader for all filesystems.
      \item \texttt{<TOOL\_NAME.lbl} (\texttt{<TOOL\_NAME.l2x}) file near tool for \texttt{Tools}.
    \end{itemize}
    Prerendered labels can be generated via \texttt{disklabel} utility or \texttt{bless} command.
    When disabled or missing text labels (\texttt{.contentDetails} or \texttt{.disk\_label.contentDetails})
    are to be rendered instead.
  \item \texttt{0x0004} --- \texttt{OC\_ATTR\_USE\_GENERIC\_LABEL\_IMAGE}, provides predefined
    label images for boot entries without custom entries. May give less detail for the actual
    boot entry.
2349 2350 2351
  \item \texttt{0x0008} --- \texttt{OC\_ATTR\_USE\_ALTERNATE\_ICONS}, changes used icon set to
    an alternate one if it is supported. For example, this could make a use of old-style icons
    with a custom background colour.
2352 2353
  \end{itemize}

2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370
\item
  \texttt{PickerAudioAssist}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Enable screen reader by default in boot picker.

  For macOS bootloader screen reader preference is set in \texttt{preferences.efires}
  archive in \texttt{isVOEnabled.int32} file and is controlled by the operating system.
  For OpenCore screen reader support this option is an independent equivalent.
  Toggling screen reader support in both OpenCore boot picker and macOS bootloader
  FileVault 2 login window can also be done with \texttt{Command} + \texttt{F5} key
  combination.

  \emph{Note}: screen reader requires working audio support, see
  \hyperref[uefiaudioprops]{\texttt{UEFI Audio Properties}}
  section for more details.

2371 2372 2373 2374
\item
  \texttt{PollAppleHotKeys}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
2375
  \textbf{Description}: Enable \texttt{modifier hotkey} handling in boot picker.
2376

2377
  In addition to \texttt{action hotkeys}, which are partially described in \texttt{PickerMode}
2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386
  section and are normally handled by Apple BDS, there exist modifier keys, which are
  handled by operating system bootloader, namely \texttt{boot.efi}. These keys
  allow to change operating system behaviour by providing different boot modes.

  On some firmwares it may be problematic to use modifier keys due to driver incompatibilities.
  To workaround this problem this option allows registering select hotkeys in a more
  permissive manner from within boot picker. Such extensions include the support
  of tapping on keys in addition to holding and pressing \texttt{Shift} along with
  other keys instead of just \texttt{Shift} alone, which is not detectible on many
2387
  PS/2 keyboards. This list of known \texttt{modifier hotkeys} includes:
2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395
  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{CMD+C+MINUS} --- disable board compatibility checking.
  \item \texttt{CMD+K} --- boot release kernel, similar to \texttt{kcsuffix=release}.
  \item \texttt{CMD+S} --- single user mode.
  \item \texttt{CMD+S+MINUS} --- disable KASLR slide, requires disabled SIP.
  \item \texttt{CMD+V} --- verbose mode.
  \item \texttt{Shift} --- safe mode.
2396 2397
  \end{itemize}

2398 2399 2400
\item
  \texttt{ShowPicker}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
2401
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
2402 2403
  \textbf{Description}: Show simple boot picker to allow boot entry selection.

2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415
\item
  \texttt{TakeoffDelay}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 32 bit\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Delay in microseconds performed before handling
  picker startup and \texttt{action hotkeys}.

  Introducing a delay may give extra time to hold the right \texttt{action hotkey}
  sequence to e.g. boot to recovery mode. On some platforms setting this option to
  at least \texttt{5000-10000} microseconds may be necessary to access
  \texttt{action hotkeys} at all due to the nature of the keyboard driver.

2416 2417 2418
\item
  \texttt{Timeout}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 32 bit\\
2419
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
2420
  \textbf{Description}: Timeout in seconds in boot picker before
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
2421
  automatic booting of the default boot entry. Use 0 to disable timer.
2422

2423
\item
2424
  \texttt{PickerMode}\\
2425 2426
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{Builtin}\\
2427
  \textbf{Description}: Choose boot picker used for boot management.
2428

2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443
  Picker describes underlying boot management with an optional user interface
  responsible for handling boot options. The following values are supported:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{Builtin} --- boot management is handled by OpenCore, a simple
  text only user interface is used.
  \item \texttt{External} --- an external boot management protocol is used
  if available. Otherwise \texttt{Builtin} mode is used.
  \item \texttt{Apple} --- Apple boot management is used if available.
  Otherwise \texttt{Builtin} mode is used.
  \end{itemize}

  Upon success \texttt{External} mode will entirely disable all boot management
  in OpenCore except policy enforcement. In \texttt{Apple} mode it may additionally
V
vit9696 已提交
2444 2445
  bypass policy enforcement. See \hyperref[ueficanopy]{OpenCanopy} plugin
  for an example of a custom user interface.
2446

2447
  OpenCore built-in boot picker contains a set of actions chosen during the boot process.
2448 2449 2450
  The list of supported actions is similar to Apple BDS and in general can be accessed by
  holding \texttt{action hotkeys} during boot process. Currently the following actions are
  considered:
2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{Default} --- this is the default option, and it lets OpenCore built-in
  boot picker to loads the default boot option as specified in
  \href{https://support.apple.com/HT202796}{Startup Disk} preference pane.
  \item \texttt{ShowPicker} --- this option forces picker to show. Normally it can be
  achieved by holding \texttt{OPT} key during boot. Setting \texttt{ShowPicker} to
  \texttt{true} will make \texttt{ShowPicker} the default option.
  \item \texttt{ResetNvram} --- this option performs select UEFI variable erase and is
  normally achieved by holding \texttt{CMD+OPT+P+R} key combination during boot.
  Another way to erase UEFI variables is to choose \texttt{Reset NVRAM} in the picker.
  This option requires \texttt{AllowNvramReset} to be set to \texttt{true}.
  \item \texttt{BootApple} --- this options performs booting to the first found Apple
  operating system unless the default chosen operating system is already made by Apple.
  Hold \texttt{X} key to choose this option.
  \item \texttt{BootAppleRecovery} --- this option performs booting to Apple operating
P
PMheart 已提交
2468
  system recovery. Either the one related to the default chosen operating system,
2469 2470 2471 2472
  or first found in case default chosen operating system is not made by Apple or has no
  recovery. Hold \texttt{CMD+R} key combination to choose this option.
  \end{itemize}

V
vit9696 已提交
2473
  \emph{Note 1}: Activated \texttt{KeySupport}, \texttt{OpenUsbKbDxe}, or similar driver is required
2474 2475
  for key handling to work. On many firmwares it is not possible to get all the keys function.

2476
  \emph{Note 2}: In addition to \texttt{OPT} OpenCore supports \texttt{Escape} key to display picker when
2477 2478 2479
  \texttt{ShowPicker} is disabled. This key exists for \texttt{Apple} picker mode and for
  firmwares with PS/2 keyboards that fail to report held \texttt{OPT} key and require continual
  presses of \texttt{Escape} key to enter the boot menu.
2480

2481 2482 2483
  \emph{Note 3}: On Macs with problematic GOP it may be difficult to access Apple BootPicker.
  To workaround this problem even without loading OpenCore \texttt{BootKicker} utility can be blessed.

2484 2485
\end{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
2486 2487 2488 2489
\subsection{Debug Properties}\label{miscdebugprops}

\begin{enumerate}

2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497
\item
  \texttt{AppleDebug}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Enable \texttt{boot.efi} debug log saving to OpenCore log.

  \emph{Note}: This option only applies to 10.15.4 and newer.

2498 2499 2500
\item
  \texttt{DisableWatchDog}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
2501
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
2502 2503 2504 2505
  \textbf{Description}: Select firmwares may not succeed in quickly booting
  the operating system, especially in debug mode, which results in watch dog
  timer aborting the process. This option turns off watch dog timer.

V
vit9696 已提交
2506
\item
V
vit9696 已提交
2507
  \texttt{DisplayDelay}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
2508
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
2509
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
2510
  \textbf{Description}: Delay in microseconds performed after
V
vit9696 已提交
2511
  every printed line visible onscreen (i.e. console).
V
vit9696 已提交
2512

2513 2514 2515
\item
  \texttt{DisplayLevel}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 64 bit\\
2516
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
2517 2518 2519 2520
  \textbf{Description}: EDK II debug level bitmask (sum) showed onscreen.
  Unless \texttt{Target} enables console (onscreen) printing,
  onscreen debug output will not be visible. The following levels
  are supported (discover more in
2521
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk/blob/master/MdePkg/Include/Library/DebugLib.h}{DebugLib.h}):
2522 2523 2524

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
2525
    \item \texttt{0x00000002} (bit \texttt{1}) --- \texttt{DEBUG\_WARN} in \texttt{DEBUG},
2526
      \texttt{NOOPT}, \texttt{RELEASE}.
2527
    \item \texttt{0x00000040} (bit \texttt{6}) --- \texttt{DEBUG\_INFO} in \texttt{DEBUG},
2528
      \texttt{NOOPT}.
2529 2530
    \item \texttt{0x00400000} (bit \texttt{22}) --- \texttt{DEBUG\_VERBOSE} in custom builds.
    \item \texttt{0x80000000} (bit \texttt{31}) --- \texttt{DEBUG\_ERROR} in \texttt{DEBUG},
2531 2532 2533
      \texttt{NOOPT}, \texttt{RELEASE}.
  \end{itemize}

V
vit9696 已提交
2534 2535 2536
\item
  \texttt{Target}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
2537
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
2538 2539
  \textbf{Description}: A bitmask (sum) of enabled logging targets.
  By default all the logging output is hidden, so this option is
2540 2541 2542
  required to be set when debugging is necessary.

  The following logging targets are supported:
V
vit9696 已提交
2543 2544 2545

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552
    \item \texttt{0x01} (bit \texttt{0}) --- Enable logging, otherwise all log is discarded.
    \item \texttt{0x02} (bit \texttt{1}) --- Enable basic console (onscreen) logging.
    \item \texttt{0x04} (bit \texttt{2}) --- Enable logging to Data Hub.
    \item \texttt{0x08} (bit \texttt{3}) --- Enable serial port logging.
    \item \texttt{0x10} (bit \texttt{4}) --- Enable UEFI variable logging.
    \item \texttt{0x20} (bit \texttt{5}) --- Enable non-volatile UEFI variable logging.
    \item \texttt{0x40} (bit \texttt{6}) --- Enable logging to file.
V
vit9696 已提交
2553 2554
  \end{itemize}

2555
  Console logging prints less than all the other variants.
V
vit9696 已提交
2556 2557 2558
  Depending on the build type (\texttt{RELEASE}, \texttt{DEBUG}, or
  \texttt{NOOPT}) different amount of logging may be read (from least to most).

V
vit9696 已提交
2559 2560
  Data Hub log will not log kernel and kext patches. To obtain Data Hub log use
  the following command in macOS:
V
vit9696 已提交
2561
\begin{lstlisting}[label=dhublog, style=ocbash]
V
vit9696 已提交
2562
ioreg -lw0 -p IODeviceTree | grep boot-log | sort | sed 's/.*<\(.*\)>.*/\1/' | xxd -r -p
V
vit9696 已提交
2563 2564
\end{lstlisting}

V
vit9696 已提交
2565 2566 2567 2568
  UEFI variable log does not include some messages and has no performance data. For safety
  reasons log size is limited to 32 kilobytes. Some firmwares may truncate it much earlier
  or drop completely if they have no memory. Using non-volatile flag will write the log to
  NVRAM flash after every printed line. To obtain UEFI variable log use the following command
V
vit9696 已提交
2569 2570
  in macOS:
\begin{lstlisting}[label=nvramlog, style=ocbash]
2571
nvram 4D1FDA02-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B30102:boot-log |
V
vit9696 已提交
2572 2573 2574
  awk '{gsub(/%0d%0a%00/,"");gsub(/%0d%0a/,"\n")}1'
\end{lstlisting}

2575 2576 2577 2578
  \emph{Warning}: Some firmwares are reported to have broken NVRAM garbage collection.
  This means that they may not be able to always free space after variable deletion.
  Do not use non-volatile NVRAM logging without extra need on such devices.

V
vit9696 已提交
2579 2580
  While OpenCore boot log already contains basic version information with build type and
  date, this data may also be found in NVRAM in \texttt{opencore-version} variable
2581
  even with boot log disabled.
V
vit9696 已提交
2582

2583 2584 2585 2586 2587
  File logging will create a file named \texttt{opencore-YYYY-MM-DD-HHMMSS.txt} at EFI
  volume root with log contents (the upper case letter sequence is replaced with date
  and time from the firmware). Please be warned that some file system drivers present
  in firmwares are not reliable, and may corrupt data when writing files through UEFI.
  Log is attempted to be written in the safest manner, and thus is very slow. Ensure that
V
vit9696 已提交
2588
  \texttt{DisableWatchDog} is set to \texttt{true} when you use a slow drive.
V
vit9696 已提交
2589 2590

\end{enumerate}
V
vit9696 已提交
2591

2592 2593 2594
\subsection{Security Properties}\label{miscsecurityprops}

\begin{enumerate}
2595

2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602
\item
  \texttt{AllowNvramReset}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Allow \texttt{CMD+OPT+P+R} handling and enable
  showing \texttt{NVRAM Reset} entry in boot picker.

2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609
\item
  \texttt{AllowSetDefault}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Allow \texttt{CTRL+Enter} and \texttt{CTRL+Index} handling
  to set the default boot option in boot picker.

2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624
\item
  \texttt{AuthRestart}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Enable \texttt{VirtualSMC}-compatible authenticated restart.

  Authenticated restart is a way to reboot FileVault 2 enabled macOS without entering
  the password. To perform authenticated restart one can use a dedicated terminal
  command: \texttt{sudo fdesetup authrestart}. It is also used when installing
  operating system updates.

  VirtualSMC performs authenticated restart by saving disk encryption key split in
  NVRAM and RTC, which despite being removed as soon as OpenCore starts, may be
  considered a security risk and thus is optional.

2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631
\item
  \texttt{BlacklistAppleUpdate}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Ignore boot options trying to update Apple peripheral firmware
  (e.g. \texttt{MultiUpdater.efi}).

2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657
\item
  \texttt{BootProtect}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{None}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Attempt to provide bootloader persistence.

  Valid values:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{None} --- do nothing.
  \item \texttt{Bootstrap} --- create or update top-priority
  \texttt{\textbackslash EFI\textbackslash OC\textbackslash Bootstrap\textbackslash Bootstrap.efi}
  boot option (\texttt{Boot9696}) in UEFI variable storage at bootloader startup. For this option
  to work \texttt{RequestBootVarRouting} is required to be enabled.
  \end{itemize}

  This option provides integration with third-party operating system installation and upgrade
  at the times they overwrite \texttt{\textbackslash EFI\textbackslash BOOT\textbackslash BOOTx64.efi}
  file. By creating a custom option in \texttt{Bootstrap} mode this file path becomes no longer
  used for bootstraping OpenCore.

  \emph{Note 1}: Some firmewares may have broken NVRAM, no boot option support, or various other
  incompatibilities of any kind. While unlikely, the use of this option may even cause boot failure.
  Use at your own risk on boards known to be compatible.

2658 2659
  \emph{Note 2}: Be warned that while NVRAM reset executed from OpenCore should not erase the boot
  option created in \texttt{Bootstrap}, executing NVRAM reset prior to loading OpenCore will remove it.
2660

2661 2662 2663
\item
  \texttt{ExposeSensitiveData}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
2664
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0x6}\\
2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670
  \textbf{Description}: Sensitive data exposure bitmask (sum) to operating system.

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
    \item \texttt{0x01} --- Expose printable booter path as an UEFI variable.
    \item \texttt{0x02} --- Expose OpenCore version as an UEFI variable.
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
2671
    \item \texttt{0x04} --- Expose OpenCore version in boot picker menu title.
2672
    \item \texttt{0x08} --- Expose OEM information as a set of UEFI variables.
2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689
  \end{itemize}

  Exposed booter path points to OpenCore.efi or its booter depending on the load order.
  To obtain booter path use the following command in macOS:
\begin{lstlisting}[label=nvrampath, style=ocbash]
nvram 4D1FDA02-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B30102:boot-path
\end{lstlisting}

  To use booter path for mounting booter volume use the following command in macOS:
\begin{lstlisting}[label=nvrampathmount, style=ocbash]
u=$(nvram 4D1FDA02-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B30102:boot-path | sed 's/.*GPT,\([^,]*\),.*/\1/'); \
  if [ "$u" != "" ]; then sudo diskutil mount $u ; fi
\end{lstlisting}

  To obtain OpenCore version use the following command in macOS:
\begin{lstlisting}[label=nvramver, style=ocbash]
nvram 4D1FDA02-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B30102:opencore-version
2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696
\end{lstlisting}

  To obtain OEM information use the following commands in macOS:
\begin{lstlisting}[label=nvramver, style=ocbash]
nvram 4D1FDA02-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B30102:oem-product # SMBIOS Type1 ProductName
nvram 4D1FDA02-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B30102:oem-vendor  # SMBIOS Type2 Manufacturer
nvram 4D1FDA02-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B30102:oem-board   # SMBIOS Type2 ProductName
2697 2698
\end{lstlisting}

2699 2700 2701
\item
  \texttt{HaltLevel}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 64 bit\\
2702
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0x80000000} (\texttt{DEBUG\_ERROR})\\
2703 2704 2705
  \textbf{Description}: EDK II debug level bitmask (sum) causing CPU to
  halt (stop execution) after obtaining a message of \texttt{HaltLevel}.
  Possible values match \texttt{DisplayLevel} values.
V
vit9696 已提交
2706 2707

\item
2708 2709 2710 2711
  \texttt{Vault}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{Secure}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Enables vaulting mechanism in OpenCore.
V
vit9696 已提交
2712

2713 2714 2715 2716
  Valid values:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
V
vit9696 已提交
2717
  \item \texttt{Optional} --- require nothing, no vault is enforced, insecure.
2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729
  \item \texttt{Basic} --- require \texttt{vault.plist} file present
  in \texttt{OC} directory. This provides basic filesystem integrity
  verification and may protect from unintentional filesystem corruption.
  \item \texttt{Secure} --- require \texttt{vault.sig} signature file for
  \texttt{vault.plist} in \texttt{OC} directory. This includes \texttt{Basic}
  integrity checking but also attempts to build a trusted bootchain.
  \end{itemize}

  \texttt{vault.plist} file should contain SHA-256 hashes for all files used by OpenCore.
  Presence of this file is highly recommended to ensure that unintentional
  file modifications (including filesystem corruption) do not happen unnoticed.
  To create this file automatically use
2730
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg/tree/master/Utilities/CreateVault}{\texttt{create\_vault.sh}} script.
2731 2732
  Regardless of the underlying filesystem, path name and case must match
  between \texttt{config.plist} and \texttt{vault.plist}.
V
vit9696 已提交
2733

2734 2735 2736 2737
  \texttt{vault.sig} file should contain a raw 256 byte RSA-2048 signature from SHA-256
  hash of \texttt{vault.plist}. The signature is verified against the public
  key embedded into \texttt{OpenCore.efi}. To embed the public key you should
  do either of the following:
V
vit9696 已提交
2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item Provide public key during the \texttt{OpenCore.efi} compilation in
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg/blob/master/Platform/OpenCore/OpenCoreVault.c}{\texttt{OpenCoreVault.c}} file.
  \item Binary patch \texttt{OpenCore.efi} replacing zeroes with the public key
  between \texttt{=BEGIN OC VAULT=} and \texttt{==END OC VAULT==} ASCII markers.
  \end{itemize}

  RSA public key 520 byte format description can be found in Chromium OS documentation.
  To convert public key from X.509 certificate or from PEM file use
2749
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg/tree/master/Utilities/CreateVault}{RsaTool}.
V
vit9696 已提交
2750 2751


V
vit9696 已提交
2752 2753 2754 2755 2756
  The complete set of commands to:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item Create \texttt{vault.plist}.
V
vit9696 已提交
2757
  \item Create a new RSA key (always do this to avoid loading old configuration).
V
vit9696 已提交
2758
  \item Embed RSA key into \texttt{OpenCore.efi}.
V
vit9696 已提交
2759 2760 2761 2762 2763
  \item Create \texttt{vault.sig}.
  \end{itemize}

  Can look as follows:
\begin{lstlisting}[label=createvault, style=ocbash]
V
vit9696 已提交
2764
cd /Volumes/EFI/EFI/OC
2765 2766
/path/to/create_vault.sh .
/path/to/RsaTool -sign vault.plist vault.sig vault.pub
V
vit9696 已提交
2767
off=$(($(strings -a -t d OpenCore.efi | grep "=BEGIN OC VAULT=" | cut -f1 -d' ')+16))
V
vit9696 已提交
2768
dd of=OpenCore.efi if=vault.pub bs=1 seek=$off count=528 conv=notrunc
V
vit9696 已提交
2769
rm vault.pub
V
vit9696 已提交
2770 2771
\end{lstlisting}

2772
  \emph{Note 1}: While it may appear obvious, but you have to use an external
V
vit9696 已提交
2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779
  method to verify \texttt{OpenCore.efi} and \texttt{BOOTx64.efi} for
  secure boot path. For this you are recommended to at least enable UEFI SecureBoot
  with a custom certificate, and sign \texttt{OpenCore.efi} and \texttt{BOOTx64.efi}
  with your custom key. More details on customising secure boot on modern firmwares
  can be found in \href{https://habr.com/post/273497/}{Taming UEFI SecureBoot}
  paper (in Russian).

2780 2781 2782 2783 2784
  \emph{Note 2}: \texttt{vault.plist} and \texttt{vault.sig} are used regardless of this
  option when \texttt{vault.plist} is present or public key is embedded into
  \texttt{OpenCore.efi}. Setting this option will only ensure configuration sanity,
  and abort the boot process otherwise.

2785 2786 2787
\item
  \texttt{ScanPolicy}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 32 bit\\
2788
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0xF0103}\\
2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803
  \textbf{Description}: Define operating system detection policy.

  This value allows to prevent scanning (and booting) from untrusted
  source based on a bitmask (sum) of select flags. As it is not possible
  to reliably detect every file system or device type, this feature
  cannot be fully relied upon in open environments, and the additional
  measures are to be applied.

  Third party drivers may introduce additional security (and performance)
  measures following the provided scan policy. Scan policy is exposed
  in \texttt{scan-policy} variable of \texttt{4D1FDA02-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B30102}
  GUID for UEFI Boot Services only.

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
2804
    \item \texttt{0x00000001} (bit \texttt{0}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_FILE\_SYSTEM\_LOCK}, restricts
2805 2806 2807 2808 2809
    scanning to only known file systems defined as a part of this policy. File system
    drivers may not be aware of this policy, and to avoid mounting of undesired file
    systems it is best not to load its driver. This bit does not affect dmg mounting,
    which may have any file system. Known file systems are prefixed with
    \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_FS\_}.
2810
    \item \texttt{0x00000002} (bit \texttt{1}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_DEVICE\_LOCK}, restricts scanning
2811 2812 2813 2814
    to only known device types defined as a part of this policy. This is not always possible
    to detect protocol tunneling, so be aware that on some systems it may be possible for
    e.g. USB HDDs to be recognised as SATA. Cases like this must be reported. Known device
    types are prefixed with \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_}.
2815
    \item \texttt{0x00000100} (bit \texttt{8}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_FS\_APFS}, allows scanning
2816
    of APFS file system.
2817
    \item \texttt{0x00000200} (bit \texttt{9}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_FS\_HFS}, allows scanning
2818 2819 2820
    of HFS file system.
    \item \texttt{0x00000400} (bit \texttt{10}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_FS\_ESP}, allows scanning
    of EFI System Partition file system.
2821 2822 2823 2824
    \item \texttt{0x00000800} (bit \texttt{11}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_FS\_NTFS}, allows scanning
    of NTFS (Msft Basic Data) file system.
    \item \texttt{0x00001000} (bit \texttt{12}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_FS\_EXT}, allows scanning
    of EXT (Linux Root) file system.
2825
    \item \texttt{0x00010000} (bit \texttt{16}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_SATA}, allow
2826
    scanning SATA devices.
2827
    \item \texttt{0x00020000} (bit \texttt{17}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_SASEX}, allow
2828
    scanning SAS and Mac NVMe devices.
2829
    \item \texttt{0x00040000} (bit \texttt{18}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_SCSI}, allow
2830
    scanning SCSI devices.
2831
    \item \texttt{0x00080000} (bit \texttt{19}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_NVME}, allow
2832
    scanning NVMe devices.
2833
    \item \texttt{0x00100000} (bit \texttt{20}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_ATAPI}, allow
2834
    scanning CD/DVD devices.
2835
    \item \texttt{0x00200000} (bit \texttt{21}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_USB}, allow
2836
    scanning USB devices.
2837
    \item \texttt{0x00400000} (bit \texttt{22}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_FIREWIRE}, allow
2838
    scanning FireWire devices.
2839
    \item \texttt{0x00800000} (bit \texttt{23}) --- \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_SDCARD}, allow
2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845
    scanning card reader devices.
  \end{itemize}

  \emph{Note}: Given the above description, \texttt{0xF0103} value is expected to allow
  scanning of SATA, SAS, SCSI, and NVMe devices with APFS file system, and prevent scanning
  of any devices with HFS or FAT32 file systems in addition to not scanning APFS file systems
V
vit9696 已提交
2846
  on USB, CD, and FireWire drives. The combination reads as:
2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857
  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_FILE\_SYSTEM\_LOCK}
  \item \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_DEVICE\_LOCK}
  \item \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_FS\_APFS}
  \item \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_SATA}
  \item \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_SASEX}
  \item \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_SCSI}
  \item \texttt{OC\_SCAN\_ALLOW\_DEVICE\_NVME}
  \end{itemize}

2858 2859
\end{enumerate}

2860
\subsection{Entry Properties}\label{miscentryprops}
2861 2862

\begin{enumerate}
2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869
\item
  \texttt{Arguments}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Arbitrary ASCII string used as boot arguments (load options)
  of the specified entry.

2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876
\item
  \texttt{Auxiliary}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: This entry will not be listed by default when
  \texttt{HideAuxiliary} is set to \texttt{true}.

2877 2878 2879
\item
  \texttt{Comment}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
2880
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
2881 2882 2883 2884
  \textbf{Description}: Arbitrary ASCII string used to provide human readable
  reference for the entry. It is implementation defined whether this value is
  used.

2885 2886 2887
\item
  \texttt{Enabled}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
2888
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
2889
  \textbf{Description}: This entry will not be listed unless set to
2890 2891
  \texttt{true}.

2892 2893 2894
\item
  \texttt{Name}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
2895
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
2896
  \textbf{Description}: Human readable entry name displayed in boot picker.
2897 2898 2899 2900

\item
  \texttt{Path}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
2901
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910
  \textbf{Description}: Entry location depending on entry type.

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{Entries} specify external boot options, and therefore take device
  paths in \texttt{Path} key. These values are not checked, thus be extremely careful.
  Example: \texttt{PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1,0x1)/.../\textbackslash EFI\textbackslash COOL.EFI}
  \item \texttt{Tools} specify internal boot options, which are part of bootloader
  vault, and therefore take file paths relative to \texttt{OC/Tools} directory.
V
vit9696 已提交
2911
  Example: \texttt{OpenShell.efi}.
2912
  \end{itemize}
2913 2914 2915 2916

\end{enumerate}


V
vit9696 已提交
2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943
\section{NVRAM}\label{nvram}

\subsection{Introduction}\label{nvramintro}

Has \texttt{plist\ dict} type and allows to set volatile UEFI variables
commonly referred as NVRAM variables. Refer to \texttt{man\ nvram} for
more details. macOS extensively uses NVRAM variables for OS --- Bootloader
--- Firmware intercommunication, and thus supplying several NVRAM is
required for proper macOS functioning.

Each NVRAM variable consists of its name, value, attributes (refer to
UEFI specification), and its
\href{https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier}{GUID},
representing which `section' NVRAM variable belongs to. macOS uses
several GUIDs, including but not limited to:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14}
  (\texttt{APPLE\_VENDOR\_VARIABLE\_GUID})
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82}
  (\texttt{APPLE\_BOOT\_VARIABLE\_GUID})
\item
  \texttt{8BE4DF61-93CA-11D2-AA0D-00E098032B8C}
  (\texttt{EFI\_GLOBAL\_VARIABLE\_GUID})
2944 2945 2946
\item
  \texttt{4D1FDA02-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B30102}
  (\texttt{OC\_VENDOR\_VARIABLE\_GUID})
V
vit9696 已提交
2947 2948
\end{itemize}

V
vit9696 已提交
2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955
\emph{Note}: Some of the variables may be added by
\hyperref[platforminfonvram]{PlatformNVRAM} or
\hyperref[platforminfogeneric]{Generic} subsections of
\hyperref[platforminfo]{PlatformInfo} section.
Please ensure that variables of this section never collide with them,
as behaviour is undefined otherwise.

2956
For proper macOS functioning it is often required to use \texttt{OC\_FIRMWARE\_RUNTIME}
V
vit9696 已提交
2957
protocol implementation currently offered as a part of \texttt{OpenRuntime} driver.
2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971
While it brings any benefits, there are certain limitations which arise depending on the
use.

\begin{enumerate}
\item Not all tools may be aware of protected namespaces.\\
  When \texttt{RequestBootVarRouting} is used \texttt{Boot}-prefixed variable access
  is restricted and protected in a separate namespace. To access the original variables
  tools have to be aware of \texttt{OC\_FIRMWARE\_RUNTIME} logic.
\item Assigned NVRAM variables are not always allowed to exceed 512 bytes.\\
  This is true for \texttt{Boot}-prefixed variables when \texttt{RequestBootVarFallback}
  is used, and for overwriting volatile variables with non-volatile on UEFI 2.8
  non-conformant firmwares.
\end{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984
\subsection{Properties}\label{nvramprops}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{Add}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Sets NVRAM variables from a map (\texttt{plist\ dict})
  of GUIDs to a map (\texttt{plist\ dict}) of variable names and their values
  in \texttt{plist\ metadata} format. GUIDs must be provided in canonic string
  format in upper or lower case (e.g. \texttt{8BE4DF61-93CA-11D2-AA0D-00E098032B8C}).

  Created variables get \texttt{EFI\_VARIABLE\_BOOTSERVICE\_ACCESS} and
  \texttt{EFI\_VARIABLE\_RUNTIME\_ACCESS} attributes set.
2985 2986 2987 2988
  Variables will only be set if not present or blocked. I.e. to overwrite
  an existing variable value add the variable name to the \texttt{Block} section.
  This approach enables to provide default values till the operating system
  takes the lead.
V
vit9696 已提交
2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999

  \emph{Note}: If \texttt{plist\ key} does not conform to GUID format,
  behaviour is undefined.

\item
  \texttt{Block}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Removes NVRAM variables from a map (\texttt{plist\ dict})
  of GUIDs to an array (\texttt{plist\ array}) of variable names in
  \texttt{plist\ string} format.

3000 3001 3002
\item
  \texttt{LegacyEnable}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
3003
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014
  \textbf{Description}: Enables loading of NVRAM variable file named \texttt{nvram.plist}
  from EFI volume root.

  This file must have root \texttt{plist\ dictionary} type and contain two fields:
  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{Version} --- \texttt{plist\ integer}, file version, must be set to 1.
  \item \texttt{Add} --- \texttt{plist\ dictionary}, equivalent to \texttt{Add} from
  \texttt{config.plist}.
  \end{itemize}

3015 3016 3017 3018
  Variable loading happens prior to \texttt{Block} (and \texttt{Add}) phases. Unless
  \texttt{LegacyOverwrite} is enabled, it will not overwrite any existing variable.
  Variables allowed to be set must be specified in \texttt{LegacySchema}.
  Third-party scripts may be used to create \texttt{nvram.plist}
V
vit9696 已提交
3019 3020 3021
  file. An example of such script can be found in \texttt{Utilities}. The use of third-party
  scripts may require \texttt{ExposeSensitiveData} set to \texttt{0x3} to provide
  \texttt{boot-path} variable with OpenCore EFI partition UUID.
3022 3023 3024 3025

  \textbf{WARNING}: This feature is very dangerous as it passes unprotected data to your
  firmware variable services. Use it only when no hardware NVRAM implementation is provided
  by the firmware or it is incompatible.
3026

3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034
\item
  \texttt{LegacyOverwrite}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Permits overwriting firmware variables from \texttt{nvram.plist}.

  \emph{Note}: Only variables accessible from the operating system will be overwritten.

3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045
\item
  \texttt{LegacySchema}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Allows setting select NVRAM variables from a map
  (\texttt{plist\ dict}) of GUIDs to an array (\texttt{plist\ array}) of
  variable names in \texttt{plist\ string} format.

  You can use \texttt{*} value to accept all variables for select GUID.

  \textbf{WARNING}: Choose variables very carefully, as nvram.plist is not vaulted.
  For instance, do not put \texttt{boot-args} or \texttt{csr-active-config}, as
3046
  this can bypass SIP.
3047

3048 3049 3050 3051 3052
\item
  \texttt{WriteFlash}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Enables writing to flash memory for all added variables.
3053

3054 3055 3056 3057
  \emph{Note}: This value is recommended to be enabled on most firmwares, but is
  left configurable for firmwares that may have issues with NVRAM variable storage
  garbage collection or alike.

V
vit9696 已提交
3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068
\end{enumerate}

To read NVRAM variable value from macOS one could use \texttt{nvram}
by concatenating variable GUID and name separated by \texttt{:} symbol.
For example, \texttt{nvram 7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:boot-args}.

A continuously updated variable list can be found in a corresponding document:
\href{https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1HTCBwfOBkXsHiK7os3b2CUc6k68axdJYdGl-TyXqLu0}{NVRAM Variables}.

\subsection{Mandatory Variables}\label{nvramvars}

3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074
\emph{Warning}: These variables may be added by
\hyperref[platforminfonvram]{PlatformNVRAM} or
\hyperref[platforminfogeneric]{Generic} subsections of
\hyperref[platforminfo]{PlatformInfo} section.
Using \texttt{PlatformInfo} is the recommend way of setting these variables.

V
vit9696 已提交
3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091
The following variables are mandatory for macOS functioning:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:FirmwareFeatures}
  \break
  32-bit \texttt{FirmwareFeatures}. Present on all Macs to avoid extra parsing of SMBIOS tables
\item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:FirmwareFeaturesMask}
  \break
  32-bit \texttt{FirmwareFeaturesMask}. Present on all Macs to avoid extra parsing
  of SMBIOS tables.
\item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:MLB}
  \break
  \texttt{BoardSerialNumber}. Present on newer Macs (2013+ at least) to avoid extra parsing
3092
  of SMBIOS tables, especially in \texttt{boot.efi}.
V
vit9696 已提交
3093 3094 3095 3096
\item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:ROM}
  \break
  Primary network adapter MAC address or replacement value. Present on newer Macs
3097
  (2013+ at least) to avoid accessing special memory region, especially in \texttt{boot.efi}.
V
vit9696 已提交
3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125
\end{itemize}

\subsection{Recommended Variables}\label{nvramvarsrec}

The following variables are recommended for faster startup or other
improvements:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:csr-active-config}
  \break
  32-bit System Integrity Protection bitmask. Declared in XNU source code in
  \href{https://opensource.apple.com/source/xnu/xnu-4570.71.2/bsd/sys/csr.h.auto.html}{csr.h}.
\item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:ExtendedFirmwareFeatures}
  \break
  Combined \texttt{FirmwareFeatures} and \texttt{ExtendedFirmwareFeatures}. Present on
  newer Macs to avoid extra parsing of SMBIOS tables
\item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:ExtendedFirmwareFeaturesMask}
  \break
  Combined \texttt{FirmwareFeaturesMask} and \texttt{ExtendedFirmwareFeaturesMask}.
  Present on newer Macs to avoid extra parsing of SMBIOS tables.
\item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:HW\_BID}
  \break
  Hardware \texttt{BoardProduct} (e.g. \texttt{Mac-35C1E88140C3E6CF}). Not present on
3126
  real Macs, but used to avoid extra parsing of SMBIOS tables, especially in \texttt{boot.efi}.
V
vit9696 已提交
3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138
\item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:HW\_MLB}
  \break
  Hardware \texttt{BoardSerialNumber}. Override for MLB. Present on newer Macs (2013+ at least).
\item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:HW\_ROM}
  \break
  Hardware ROM. Override for ROM. Present on newer Macs (2013+ at least).
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:prev-lang:kbd}
  \break
  ASCII string defining default keyboard layout. Format is \texttt{lang-COUNTRY:keyboard},
V
vit9696 已提交
3139 3140
  e.g. \texttt{ru-RU:252} for Russian locale and ABC keyboard. Also accepts short forms:
  \texttt{ru:252} or \texttt{ru:0} (U.S. keyboard, compatible with 10.9). Full decoded
3141
  keyboard list from \texttt{AppleKeyboardLayouts-L.dat} can be found
3142
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg/tree/master/Utilities/AppleKeyboardLayouts}{here}. Using non-latin keyboard on 10.14
3143
  will not enable ABC keyboard, unlike previous and subsequent macOS versions, and is thus not recommended in case you need 10.14.
V
vit9696 已提交
3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:security-mode}
  \break
  ASCII string defining FireWire security mode. Legacy, can be found in IOFireWireFamily
  source code in
  \href{https://opensource.apple.com/source/IOFireWireFamily/IOFireWireFamily-473/IOFireWireFamily.kmodproj/IOFireWireController.cpp.auto.html}{IOFireWireController.cpp}.
  It is recommended not to set this variable, which may speedup system startup. Setting to
  \texttt{full} is equivalent to not setting the variable and \texttt{none} disables
  FireWire security.
 \item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:UIScale}
  \break
3156
  One-byte data defining \texttt{boot.efi} user interface scaling. Should be \textbf{01} for normal
3157
  screens and \textbf{02} for HiDPI screens.
3158 3159 3160
 \item
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:DefaultBackgroundColor}
  \break
3161
  Four-byte \texttt{RGBA} data defining \texttt{boot.efi} user interface background colour.
3162 3163
  Standard colours include \textbf{BF BF BF 00} (Light Gray) and \textbf{00 00 00 00}
  (Syrah Black). Other colours may be set at user's preference.
V
vit9696 已提交
3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178
\end{itemize}

\subsection{Other Variables}\label{nvramvarsother}

The following variables may be useful for certain configurations or
troubleshooting:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:boot-args}
  \break
  Kernel arguments, used to pass configuration to Apple kernel and drivers.
  There are many arguments, which may be found by looking for the use of
  \texttt{PE\_parse\_boot\_argn} function in the kernel or driver code.
3179
  Some of the known boot arguments include:
V
vit9696 已提交
3180 3181

  \begin{itemize}
3182 3183 3184 3185
  \item \texttt{acpi\_layer=0xFFFFFFFF}
  \item \texttt{acpi\_level=0xFFFF5F} (implies
    \href{https://github.com/acpica/acpica/blob/master/source/include/acoutput.h}
    {\texttt{ACPI\_ALL\_COMPONENTS}})
3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195
  \item \texttt{batman=VALUE} (\texttt{AppleSmartBatteryManager} debug mask)
  \item \texttt{batman-nosmc=1} (disable \texttt{AppleSmartBatteryManager} SMC interface)
  \item \texttt{cpus=VALUE} (maximum number of CPUs used)
  \item \texttt{debug=VALUE} (debug mask)
  \item \texttt{io=VALUE} (\texttt{IOKit} debug mask)
  \item \texttt{keepsyms=1} (show panic log debug symbols)
  \item \texttt{kextlog=VALUE} (kernel extension loading debug mask)
  \item \texttt{nv\_disable=1} (disables NVIDIA GPU acceleration)
  \item \texttt{nvda\_drv=1} (legacy way to enable NVIDIA web driver, removed in 10.12)
  \item \texttt{npci=0x2000} (\href{https://www.insanelymac.com/forum/topic/260539-1068-officially-released/?do=findComment&comment=1707972}{legacy}, disables \texttt{kIOPCIConfiguratorPFM64})
3196
  \item \texttt{lapic\_dont\_panic=1}
3197 3198 3199
  \item \texttt{slide=VALUE} (manually set KASLR slide)
  \item \texttt{smcdebug=VALUE} (\texttt{AppleSMC} debug mask)
  \item \texttt{-amd\_no\_dgpu\_accel} (alternative to \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/WhateverGreen}{WhateverGreen}'s \texttt{-radvesa} for new GPUs)
3200
  \item \texttt{-nehalem\_error\_disable}
3201 3202 3203 3204
  \item \texttt{-no\_compat\_check} (disable model checking)
  \item \texttt{-s} (single mode)
  \item \texttt{-v} (verbose mode)
  \item \texttt{-x} (safe mode)
V
vit9696 已提交
3205 3206
  \end{itemize}

3207 3208 3209 3210
  There are multiple external places summarising macOS argument lists:
  \href{https://osxeon.wordpress.com/2015/08/10/boot-argument-options-in-os-x}{example 1},
  \href{https://superuser.com/questions/255176/is-there-a-list-of-available-boot-args-for-darwin-os-x}{example 2}.

V
vit9696 已提交
3211 3212 3213
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:bootercfg}
  \break
3214
  Booter arguments, similar to \texttt{boot-args} but for \texttt{boot.efi}. Accepts a set of
V
vit9696 已提交
3215
  arguments, which are hexadecimal 64-bit values with or without \texttt{0x}.
3216
  At different stages \texttt{boot.efi} will request different debugging (logging)
V
vit9696 已提交
3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243
  modes (e.g. after \texttt{ExitBootServices} it will only print to serial).
  Several booter arguments control whether these requests will succeed. The
  list of known requests is covered below:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{0x00} -- \texttt{INIT}.
  \item \texttt{0x01} -- \texttt{VERBOSE} (e.g. \texttt{-v}, force console logging).
  \item \texttt{0x02} -- \texttt{EXIT}.
  \item \texttt{0x03} -- \texttt{RESET:OK}.
  \item \texttt{0x04} -- \texttt{RESET:FAIL} (e.g. unknown \texttt{board-id}, hibernate mismatch, panic loop, etc.).
  \item \texttt{0x05} -- \texttt{RESET:RECOVERY}.
  \item \texttt{0x06} -- \texttt{RECOVERY}.
  \item \texttt{0x07} -- \texttt{REAN:START}.
  \item \texttt{0x08} -- \texttt{REAN:END}.
  \item \texttt{0x09} -- \texttt{DT} (can no longer log to DeviceTree).
  \item \texttt{0x0A} -- \texttt{EXITBS:START} (forced serial only).
  \item \texttt{0x0B} -- \texttt{EXITBS:END} (forced serial only).
  \item \texttt{0x0C} -- \texttt{UNKNOWN}.
  \end{itemize}
  
  In 10.15 debugging support was mostly broken before 10.15.4 due to some
  kind of refactoring and introduction of a
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/EfiPkg/blob/master/Include/Protocol/AppleDebugLog.h}{new debug protocol}.
  Some of the arguments and their values below may not be valid for versions prior
  to 10.15.4. The list of known arguments is covered below:

V
vit9696 已提交
3244
  \begin{itemize}
V
vit9696 已提交
3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297
  \item \texttt{boot-save-log=VALUE} --- debug log save mode for normal boot.
  	\begin{itemize}
    \item \texttt{0}
    \item \texttt{1}
    \item \texttt{2} --- (default).
    \item \texttt{3}
    \item \texttt{4} --- (save to file).
    \end{itemize}
  \item \texttt{wake-save-log=VALUE} --- debug log save mode for hibernation wake.
  	\begin{itemize}
    \item \texttt{0} --- disabled.
    \item \texttt{1}
    \item \texttt{2} --- (default).
    \item \texttt{3} --- (unavailable).
    \item \texttt{4} --- (save to file, unavailable).
    \end{itemize}
  \item \texttt{breakpoint=VALUE} --- enables debug breaks (missing in production \texttt{boot.efi}).
    \begin{itemize}
    \item \texttt{0} --- disables debug breaks on errors (default).
    \item \texttt{1} --- enables debug breaks on errors.
    \end{itemize}
  \item \texttt{console=VALUE} --- enables console logging.
    \begin{itemize}
    \item \texttt{0} --- disables console logging.
    \item \texttt{1} --- enables console logging when debug protocol is missing (default).
    \item \texttt{2} --- enables console logging unconditionally (unavailable).
    \end{itemize}
  \item \texttt{embed-log-dt=VALUE} --- enables DeviceTree logging.
    \begin{itemize}
    \item \texttt{0} --- disables DeviceTree logging (default).
    \item \texttt{1} --- enables DeviceTree logging.
    \end{itemize}
  \item \texttt{kc-read-size=VALUE} --- Chunk size used for buffered I/O from network or
    disk for prelinkedkernel reading and related. Set to 1MB (0x100000) by default, can be
    tuned for faster booting.
  \item \texttt{log-level=VALUE} --- log level bitmask.
    \begin{itemize}
    \item \texttt{0x01} --- enables trace logging (default).
    \end{itemize}
  \item \texttt{serial=VALUE} --- enables serial logging.
    \begin{itemize}
    \item \texttt{0} --- disables serial logging (default).
    \item \texttt{1} --- enables serial logging for \texttt{EXITBS:END} onwards.
    \item \texttt{1} --- enables serial logging for \texttt{EXITBS:START} onwards.
    \item \texttt{3} --- enables serial logging when debug protocol is missing.
    \item \texttt{4} --- enables serial logging unconditionally.
    \end{itemize}
  \item \texttt{timestamps=VALUE} --- enables timestamp logging.
    \begin{itemize}
    \item \texttt{0} --- disables timestamp logging.
    \item \texttt{1} --- enables timestamp logging (default).
    \end{itemize}
  \item \texttt{log=VALUE} --- deprecated starting from 10.15.
V
vit9696 已提交
3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304
    \begin{itemize}
    \item \texttt{1} --- AppleLoggingConOutOrErrSet/AppleLoggingConOutOrErrPrint
    (classical ConOut/StdErr)
    \item \texttt{2} --- AppleLoggingStdErrSet/AppleLoggingStdErrPrint (StdErr or serial?)
    \item \texttt{4} --- AppleLoggingFileSet/AppleLoggingFilePrint (BOOTER.LOG/BOOTER.OLD
    file on EFI partition)
    \end{itemize}
V
vit9696 已提交
3305
  \item \texttt{debug=VALUE} --- deprecated starting from 10.15.
V
vit9696 已提交
3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311
  \begin{itemize}
  \item \texttt{1} --- enables print something to BOOTER.LOG (stripped code implies there
  may be a crash)
  \item \texttt{2} --- enables perf logging to /efi/debug-log in the device three
  \item \texttt{4} --- enables timestamp printing for styled printf calls
  \end{itemize}
V
vit9696 已提交
3312 3313 3314
  \item \texttt{level=VALUE}  --- deprecated starting from 10.15. Verbosity level of
  DEBUG output. Everything but \texttt{0x80000000} is stripped from the binary,
  and this is the default value.
3315 3316
  \end{itemize}

3317 3318 3319 3320
  \emph{Note}: To see verbose output from \texttt{boot.efi} on modern macOS versions
  enable \texttt{AppleDebug} option. This will save the log to general OpenCore log.
  For versions before 10.15.4 set \texttt{bootercfg} to \texttt{log=1}. This will
  print verbose output onscreen.
V
vit9696 已提交
3321 3322 3323
\item \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:bootercfg-once}
  \break
  Booter arguments override removed after first launch. Otherwise equivalent to \texttt{bootercfg}.
3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:efiboot-perf-record}
  \break
  Enable performance log saving in \texttt{boot.efi}. Performance log is saved to physical
  memory and is pointed by \texttt{efiboot-perf-record-data} and \texttt{efiboot-perf-record-size}
  variables. Starting from 10.15.4 it can also be saved to OpenCore log by \texttt{AppleDebug} option.
V
vit9696 已提交
3330 3331
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:fmm-computer-name}
3332 3333
  \break
  Current saved host name. ASCII string.
V
vit9696 已提交
3334 3335
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:nvda\_drv}
3336 3337 3338
  \break
  NVIDIA Web Driver control variable. Takes ASCII digit \texttt{1} or \texttt{0}
  to enable or disable installed driver.
3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:StartupMute}
  \break
  Mute startup chime sound in firmware audio support. 8-bit integer.
  The value of \texttt{0x00} means unmuted. Missing variable or any
  other value means muted. This variable only affects Gibraltar
  machines (T2).
\item
  \texttt{7C436110-AB2A-4BBB-A880-FE41995C9F82:SystemAudioVolume}
  \break
  System audio volume level for firmware audio support. 8-bit integer.
  The bit of \texttt{0x80} means muted. Lower bits are used to encode
  volume range specific to installed audio codec. The value is capped
  by \texttt{MaximumBootBeepVolume} AppleHDA layout value to avoid
  too loud audio playback in the firmware.
V
vit9696 已提交
3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359
\end{itemize}

\section{PlatformInfo}\label{platforminfo}

Platform information is comprised of several identification fields
generated or filled manually to be compatible with macOS services. The
3360 3361
base part of the configuration may be obtained from
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/MacInfoPkg}{\texttt{MacInfoPkg}}
V
vit9696 已提交
3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370
package, which itself generates a set of interfaces based on a database
in \href{https://yaml.org/spec/1.2/spec.html}{YAML} format. These fields
are written to three select destinations:

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
\item
  \href{https://www.dmtf.org/standards/smbios}{SMBIOS}
\item
3371
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/EfiPkg/blob/master/Include/Protocol/DataHub.h}{Data
V
vit9696 已提交
3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378
  Hub}
\item
  NVRAM
\end{itemize}

Most of the fields specify the overrides in SMBIOS, and their field
names conform to EDK2
3379
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk/blob/master/MdePkg/Include/IndustryStandard/SmBios.h}{SmBios.h}
V
vit9696 已提交
3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386
header file. However, several important fields reside in Data Hub and
NVRAM. Some of the values can be found in more than one field and/or
destination, so there are two ways to control their update process:
manual, where one specifies all the values (the default), and semi-automatic,
where (\texttt{Automatic}) only select values are specified, and later used
for system configuration.

V
vit9696 已提交
3387 3388 3389 3390
To inspect SMBIOS contents \href{http://www.nongnu.org/dmidecode}{dmidecode} utility can
be used. Version with macOS specific enhancements can be downloaded from
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/dmidecode/releases}{Acidanthera/dmidecode}.

V
vit9696 已提交
3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396
\subsection{Properties}\label{platforminfoprops}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{Automatic}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
3397
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3398 3399 3400 3401 3402
  \textbf{Description}: Generate PlatformInfo based on \texttt{Generic}
  section instead of using values from \texttt{DataHub}, \texttt{NVRAM},
  and \texttt{SMBIOS} sections.

  Enabling this option is useful when \texttt{Generic} section is flexible
3403 3404
  enough. When enabled \texttt{SMBIOS}, \texttt{DataHub}, and
  \texttt{PlatformNVRAM} data is unused.
V
vit9696 已提交
3405 3406 3407
\item
  \texttt{UpdateDataHub}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
3408
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
3409
  \textbf{Description}: Update Data Hub fields. These fields are read
V
vit9696 已提交
3410 3411 3412 3413 3414
  from \texttt{Generic} or \texttt{DataHub} sections depending on
  \texttt{Automatic} value.
\item
  \texttt{UpdateNVRAM}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
3415
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428
  \textbf{Description}: Update NVRAM fields related to platform information.

  These fields are read from \texttt{Generic} or \texttt{PlatformNVRAM} sections
  depending on \texttt{Automatic} value. All the other fields are
  to be specified with \texttt{NVRAM} section.

  If \texttt{UpdateNVRAM} is set to \texttt{false} the aforementioned
  variables can be updated with \hyperref[nvram]{\texttt{NVRAM}}
  section. If \texttt{UpdateNVRAM} is set to \texttt{true} the behaviour is
  undefined when any of the fields are present in \texttt{NVRAM} section.
\item
  \texttt{UpdateSMBIOS}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
3429
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435
  \textbf{Description}: Update SMBIOS fields. These fields are read from
  \texttt{Generic} or \texttt{SMBIOS} sections depending on
  \texttt{Automatic} value.
\item
  \texttt{UpdateSMBIOSMode}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3436
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{Create}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3437 3438 3439 3440 3441
  \textbf{Description}: Update SMBIOS fields approach:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item
3442
    \texttt{TryOverwrite} --- \texttt{Overwrite} if new size is \textless{}= than
V
vit9696 已提交
3443
    the page-aligned original and there are no issues with legacy region
3444
    unlock. \texttt{Create} otherwise. Has issues with some firmwares.
V
vit9696 已提交
3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452
  \item
    \texttt{Create} --- Replace the tables with newly allocated
    EfiReservedMemoryType at AllocateMaxAddress without any fallbacks.
  \item
    \texttt{Overwrite} --- Overwrite existing gEfiSmbiosTableGuid and
    gEfiSmbiosTable3Guid data if it fits new size. Abort with
    unspecified state otherwise.
  \item
3453 3454
    \texttt{Custom} --- Write SMBIOS tables
    (\texttt{gEfiSmbios(3)TableGuid}) to \texttt{gOcCustomSmbios(3)TableGuid}
V
vit9696 已提交
3455 3456 3457
    to workaround firmwares overwriting SMBIOS contents at
    ExitBootServices. Otherwise equivalent to \texttt{Create}. Requires
    patching AppleSmbios.kext and AppleACPIPlatform.kext to read from
3458 3459
    another GUID: \texttt{"EB9D2D31"} - \texttt{"EB9D2D35"} (in ASCII),
    done automatically by \texttt{CustomSMBIOSGuid} quirk.
V
vit9696 已提交
3460
  \end{itemize}
3461 3462 3463 3464 3465

  \emph{Note}: A side effect of using \texttt{Custom} approach is making
  SMBIOS updates exclusive to macOS, avoiding a collission with existing
  Windows activation and custom OEM software but potentially breaking
  Apple-specific tools.
V
vit9696 已提交
3466 3467 3468
\item
  \texttt{Generic}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dictonary}\\
3469
  \textbf{Optional}: When \texttt{Automatic} is \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3470 3471 3472 3473 3474
  \textbf{Description}: Update all fields. This section is read only
  when \texttt{Automatic} is active.
\item
  \texttt{DataHub}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dictonary}\\
3475
  \textbf{Optional}: When \texttt{Automatic} is \texttt{true}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3476 3477 3478 3479 3480
  \textbf{Description}: Update Data Hub fields. This section is read
  only when \texttt{Automatic} is not active.
\item
  \texttt{PlatformNVRAM}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dictonary}\\
3481
  \textbf{Optional}: When \texttt{Automatic} is \texttt{true}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3482 3483 3484 3485 3486
  \textbf{Description}: Update platform NVRAM fields. This section is
  read only when \texttt{Automatic} is not active.
\item
  \texttt{SMBIOS}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dictonary}\\
3487
  \textbf{Optional}: When \texttt{Automatic} is \texttt{true}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494
  \textbf{Description}: Update SMBIOS fields. This section is read only
  when \texttt{Automatic} is not active.
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{Generic Properties}\label{platforminfogeneric}

\begin{enumerate}
3495 3496 3497
\item
  \texttt{SpoofVendor}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
3498
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
3499 3500 3501 3502 3503
  \textbf{Description}: Sets SMBIOS vendor fields to \texttt{Acidanthera}.

  It is dangerous to use Apple in SMBIOS vendor fields for reasons given
  in \texttt{SystemManufacturer} description. However, certain firmwares
  may not provide valid values otherwise, which could break some software.
3504
\item
3505
  \texttt{AdviseWindows}\\
3506 3507
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519
  \textbf{Description}: Forces Windows support in \texttt{FirmwareFeatures}.

  Added bits to \texttt{FirmwareFeatures}:

  \begin{itemize}
    \item \texttt{FW\_FEATURE\_SUPPORTS\_CSM\_LEGACY\_MODE} (\texttt{0x1})
    - Without this bit it is not possible to reboot to Windows installed on
      a drive with EFI partition being not the first partition on the disk.
    \item \texttt{FW\_FEATURE\_SUPPORTS\_UEFI\_WINDOWS\_BOOT} (\texttt{0x20000000})
    - Without this bit it is not possible to reboot to Windows installed on
      a drive with EFI partition being the first partition on the disk.
  \end{itemize}
3520

V
vit9696 已提交
3521 3522 3523
\item
  \texttt{SystemProductName}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3524
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{MacPro6,1}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3525 3526 3527 3528
  \textbf{Description}: Refer to SMBIOS \texttt{SystemProductName}.
\item
  \texttt{SystemSerialNumber}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3529
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{OPENCORE\_SN1}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3530 3531 3532 3533
  \textbf{Description}: Refer to SMBIOS \texttt{SystemSerialNumber}.
\item
  \texttt{SystemUUID}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}, GUID\\
3534
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3535 3536 3537 3538
  \textbf{Description}: Refer to SMBIOS \texttt{SystemUUID}.
\item
  \texttt{MLB}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3539
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{OPENCORE\_MLB\_SN11}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3540 3541 3542 3543
  \textbf{Description}: Refer to SMBIOS \texttt{BoardSerialNumber}.
\item
  \texttt{ROM}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 6 bytes\\
3544
  \textbf{Failsafe}: all zero\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3545 3546
  \textbf{Description}: Refer to
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:ROM}.
3547

V
vit9696 已提交
3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{DataHub Properties}\label{platforminfodatahub}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{PlatformName}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3556
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{name} in
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Value found on Macs is
  \texttt{platform} in ASCII.
\item
  \texttt{SystemProductName}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3563
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{Model} in
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Value found on Macs is equal to SMBIOS
  \texttt{SystemProductName} in Unicode.
\item
  \texttt{SystemSerialNumber}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3570
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{SystemSerialNumber} in
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Value found on Macs is equal to SMBIOS
  \texttt{SystemSerialNumber} in Unicode.
\item
  \texttt{SystemUUID}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}, GUID\\
3577
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{system-id} in
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Value found on Macs is equal to SMBIOS
  \texttt{SystemUUID}.
\item
  \texttt{BoardProduct}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3584
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{board-id} in
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Value found on Macs is equal to SMBIOS
  \texttt{BoardProduct} in ASCII.
\item
  \texttt{BoardRevision}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 1 byte\\
3591
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{board-rev} in
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Value found on Macs seems to correspond
  to internal board revision (e.g. \texttt{01}).
\item
  \texttt{StartupPowerEvents}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 64-bit\\
3598
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{StartupPowerEvents} in
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Value found on Macs is power management
  state bitmask, normally 0. Known bits read by
  \texttt{X86PlatformPlugin.kext}:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item
    \texttt{0x00000001} --- Shutdown cause was a \texttt{PWROK} event
    (Same as \texttt{GEN\_PMCON\_2} bit 0)
  \item
    \texttt{0x00000002} --- Shutdown cause was a \texttt{SYS\_PWROK}
    event (Same as \texttt{GEN\_PMCON\_2} bit 1)
  \item
    \texttt{0x00000004} --- Shutdown cause was a \texttt{THRMTRIP\#}
    event (Same as \texttt{GEN\_PMCON\_2} bit 3)
  \item
    \texttt{0x00000008} --- Rebooted due to a SYS\_RESET\# event (Same
    as \texttt{GEN\_PMCON\_2} bit 4)
  \item
    \texttt{0x00000010} --- Power Failure (Same as
    \texttt{GEN\_PMCON\_3} bit 1 \texttt{PWR\_FLR})
  \item
    \texttt{0x00000020} --- Loss of RTC Well Power (Same as
    \texttt{GEN\_PMCON\_3} bit 2 \texttt{RTC\_PWR\_STS})
  \item
    \texttt{0x00000040} --- General Reset Status (Same as
    \texttt{GEN\_PMCON\_3} bit 9 \texttt{GEN\_RST\_STS})
  \item
    \texttt{0xffffff80} --- SUS Well Power Loss (Same as
    \texttt{GEN\_PMCON\_3} bit 14)
  \item
    \texttt{0x00010000} --- Wake cause was a ME Wake event (Same as
    PRSTS bit 0, \texttt{ME\_WAKE\_STS})
  \item
    \texttt{0x00020000} --- Cold Reboot was ME Induced event (Same as
    \texttt{PRSTS} bit 1 \texttt{ME\_HRST\_COLD\_STS})
  \item
    \texttt{0x00040000} --- Warm Reboot was ME Induced event (Same as
    \texttt{PRSTS} bit 2 \texttt{ME\_HRST\_WARM\_STS})
  \item
    \texttt{0x00080000} --- Shutdown was ME Induced event (Same as
    \texttt{PRSTS} bit 3 \texttt{ME\_HOST\_PWRDN})
  \item
    \texttt{0x00100000} --- Global reset ME Wachdog Timer event (Same as
    \texttt{PRSTS} bit 6)
  \item
    \texttt{0x00200000} --- Global reset PowerManagment Wachdog Timer
    event (Same as \texttt{PRSTS} bit 15)
  \end{itemize}
\item
  \texttt{InitialTSC}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 64-bit\\
3652
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{InitialTSC} in
  \texttt{gEfiProcessorSubClassGuid}. Sets initial TSC value, normally
  0.
\item
  \texttt{FSBFrequency}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 64-bit\\
3659
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Automatic\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3660
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{FSBFrequency} in
3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666
  \texttt{gEfiProcessorSubClassGuid}.

  Sets CPU FSB frequency. This value equals to CPU nominal frequency divided
  by CPU maximum bus ratio and is specified in Hz. Refer to
  \texttt{MSR\_NEHALEM\_PLATFORM\_INFO}~(\texttt{CEh}) MSR value to determine
  maximum bus ratio on modern Intel CPUs.
3667

V
vit9696 已提交
3668 3669
  \emph{Note}: This value is not used on Skylake and newer but is still provided
  to follow suit.
V
vit9696 已提交
3670 3671 3672
\item
  \texttt{ARTFrequency}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 64-bit\\
3673
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Automatic\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3674
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{ARTFrequency} in
3675
  \texttt{gEfiProcessorSubClassGuid}.
3676

3677 3678 3679 3680
  This value contains CPU ART frequency, also known as crystal clock frequency.
  Its existence is exclusive to Skylake generation and newer. The value is specified
  in Hz, and is normally 24 MHz for client Intel segment, 25 MHz for server Intel segment,
  and 19.2 MHz for Intel Atom CPUs. macOS till 10.15 inclusive assumes 24 MHz by default.
3681

3682 3683 3684
  \emph{Note}: On Intel Skylake X ART frequency may be a little less (approx. 0.25\%) than
  24 or 25 MHz due to special EMI-reduction circuit as described in
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker/issues/448#issuecomment-524914166}{Acidanthera Bugtracker}.
V
vit9696 已提交
3685 3686
\item
  \texttt{DevicePathsSupported}\\
3687
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 32-bit\\
3688
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3689
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{DevicePathsSupported} in
3690
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Must be set to \texttt{1} for
3691 3692
  AppleACPIPlatform.kext to append SATA device paths to
  \texttt{Boot\#\#\#\#} and \texttt{efi-boot-device-data} variables.
3693
  Set to \texttt{1} on all modern Macs.
V
vit9696 已提交
3694 3695 3696
\item
  \texttt{SmcRevision}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 6 bytes\\
3697
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{REV} in
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Custom property read by
  \texttt{VirtualSMC} or \texttt{FakeSMC} to generate SMC \texttt{REV}
  key.
\item
  \texttt{SmcBranch}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 8 bytes\\
3705
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{RBr} in
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Custom property read by
  \texttt{VirtualSMC} or \texttt{FakeSMC} to generate SMC \texttt{RBr}
  key.
\item
  \texttt{SmcPlatform}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 8 bytes\\
3713
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725
  \textbf{Description}: Sets \texttt{RPlt} in
  \texttt{gEfiMiscSubClassGuid}. Custom property read by
  \texttt{VirtualSMC} or \texttt{FakeSMC} to generate SMC \texttt{RPlt}
  key.
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{PlatformNVRAM Properties}\label{platforminfonvram}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{BID}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3726
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732
  \textbf{Description}: Specifies the value of NVRAM variable
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:HW\_BID}.

\item
  \texttt{ROM}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 6 bytes\\
3733
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3734
  \textbf{Description}: Specifies the values of NVRAM variables
V
vit9696 已提交
3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:HW\_ROM} and
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:ROM}.

\item
  \texttt{MLB}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3741
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3742 3743 3744 3745
  \textbf{Description}: Specifies the values of NVRAM variables
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:HW\_MLB} and
  \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:MLB}.

3746 3747 3748
\item
  \texttt{FirmwareFeatures}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 8 bytes\\
3749
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760
  \textbf{Description}: This variable comes in pair with \texttt{FirmwareFeaturesMask}.
  Specifies the values of NVRAM variables:
  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:FirmwareFeatures}
  \item \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:ExtendedFirmwareFeatures}
  \end{itemize}

\item
  \texttt{FirmwareFeaturesMask}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 8 bytes\\
3761
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Not installed\\
3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769
  \textbf{Description}: This variable comes in pair with \texttt{FirmwareFeatures}.
  Specifies the values of NVRAM variables:
  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:FirmwareFeaturesMask}
  \item \texttt{4D1EDE05-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B38C14:ExtendedFirmwareFeaturesMask}
  \end{itemize}

V
vit9696 已提交
3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777
\end{enumerate}

\subsection{SMBIOS Properties}\label{platforminfosmbios}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \texttt{BIOSVendor}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3778
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: BIOS Information (Type 0) --- Vendor\\
  \textbf{Description}: BIOS Vendor. All rules of
  \texttt{SystemManufacturer} do apply.
\item
  \texttt{BIOSVersion}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3785
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: BIOS Information (Type 0) --- BIOS Version\\
  \textbf{Description}: Firmware version. This value gets updated and
  takes part in update delivery configuration and macOS version
  compatibility. This value could look like
  \texttt{MM71.88Z.0234.B00.1809171422} in older firmwares, and is
  described in
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/EfiPkg/blob/master/Include/Guid/BiosId.h}{BiosId.h}.
  In newer firmwares it should look like \texttt{236.0.0.0.0} or
  \texttt{220.230.16.0.0\ (iBridge:\ 16.16.2542.0.0,0)}. iBridge version
  is read from \texttt{BridgeOSVersion} variable, and is only present on
  macs with T2.

\begin{verbatim}
Apple ROM Version
 BIOS ID:      MBP151.88Z.F000.B00.1811142212
 Model:        MBP151
 EFI Version:  220.230.16.0.0
 Built by:     root@quinoa
 Date:         Wed Nov 14 22:12:53 2018
 Revision:     220.230.16 (B&I)
 ROM Version:  F000_B00
 Build Type:   Official Build, RELEASE
 Compiler:     Apple LLVM version 10.0.0 (clang-1000.2.42)
 UUID:         E5D1475B-29FF-32BA-8552-682622BA42E1
 UUID:         151B0907-10F9-3271-87CD-4BF5DBECACF5
\end{verbatim}
\item
  \texttt{BIOSReleaseDate}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3815
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: BIOS Information (Type 0) --- BIOS Release Date\\
  \textbf{Description}: Firmware release date. Similar to
  \texttt{BIOSVersion}. May look like \texttt{12/08/2017}.
\item
  \texttt{SystemManufacturer}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3822
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Information (Type 1) --- Manufacturer\\
  \textbf{Description}: OEM manufacturer of the particular board. Shall
  not be specified unless strictly required. Should \emph{not} contain
  \texttt{Apple\ Inc.}, as this confuses numerous services present in
  the operating system, such as firmware updates, eficheck, as well as
  kernel extensions developed in Acidanthera, such as Lilu and its
V
vit9696 已提交
3829 3830
  plugins. In addition it will also make some operating systems
  like Linux unbootable.
V
vit9696 已提交
3831 3832 3833
\item
  \texttt{SystemProductName}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3834
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Information (Type 1), Product Name\\
  \textbf{Description}: Preferred Mac model used to mark the device as
  supported by the operating system. This value must be specified by any
  configuration for later automatic generation of the related values in
  this and other SMBIOS tables and related configuration parameters. If
  \texttt{SystemProductName} is not compatible with the target operating
  system, \texttt{-no\_compat\_check} boot argument may be used as an
  override.

  \emph{Note}: If \texttt{SystemProductName} is unknown, and related
  fields are unspecified, default values should be assumed as being set
  to \texttt{MacPro6,1} data. The list of known products can be found in
  \texttt{MacInfoPkg}.
\item
  \texttt{SystemVersion}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3851
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Information (Type 1) --- Version\\
  \textbf{Description}: Product iteration version number. May look like
  \texttt{1.1}.
\item
  \texttt{SystemSerialNumber}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3858
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3859 3860 3861
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Information (Type 1) --- Serial Number\\
  \textbf{Description}: Product serial number in defined format. Known
  formats are described in
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
3862
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/MacInfoPkg/blob/master/macserial/FORMAT.md}{macserial}.
V
vit9696 已提交
3863 3864 3865
\item
  \texttt{SystemUUID}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}, GUID\\
3866
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Information (Type 1) --- UUID\\
  \textbf{Description}: A UUID is an identifier that is designed to be
  unique across both time and space. It requires no central registration
  process.
\item
  \texttt{SystemSKUNumber}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3874
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Information (Type 1) --- SKU Number\\
  \textbf{Description}: Mac Board ID (\texttt{board-id}). May look like
  \texttt{Mac-7BA5B2D9E42DDD94} or \texttt{Mac-F221BEC8} in older
  models. Sometimes it can be just empty.
\item
  \texttt{SystemFamily}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3882
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3883 3884 3885 3886 3887
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Information (Type 1) --- Family\\
  \textbf{Description}: Family name. May look like \texttt{iMac\ Pro}.
\item
  \texttt{BoardManufacturer}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3888
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: Baseboard (or Module) Information (Type 2) -
  Manufacturer\\
  \textbf{Description}: Board manufacturer. All rules of
  \texttt{SystemManufacturer} do apply.
\item
  \texttt{BoardProduct}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3896
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: Baseboard (or Module) Information (Type 2) -
  Product\\
  \textbf{Description}: Mac Board ID (\texttt{board-id}). May look like
  \texttt{Mac-7BA5B2D9E42DDD94} or \texttt{Mac-F221BEC8} in older
  models.
\item
  \texttt{BoardVersion}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3905
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: Baseboard (or Module) Information (Type 2) -
  Version\\
  \textbf{Description}: Board version number. Varies, may match
  \texttt{SystemProductName} or \texttt{SystemProductVersion}.
\item
  \texttt{BoardSerialNumber}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3913
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: Baseboard (or Module) Information (Type 2) --- Serial
  Number\\
  \textbf{Description}: Board serial number in defined format. Known
  formats are described in
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/macserial/blob/master/FORMAT.md}{macserial}.
\item
  \texttt{BoardAssetTag}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3922
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: Baseboard (or Module) Information (Type 2) --- Asset
  Tag\\
  \textbf{Description}: Asset tag number. Varies, may be empty or
  \texttt{Type2\ -\ Board\ Asset\ Tag}.
\item
  \texttt{BoardType}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
3930
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: Baseboard (or Module) Information (Type 2) --- Board
  Type\\
  \textbf{Description}: Either \texttt{0xA} (Motherboard (includes
  processor, memory, and I/O) or \texttt{0xB} (Processor/Memory Module),
  refer to Table 15 -- Baseboard: Board Type for more details.
\item
  \texttt{BoardLocationInChassis}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3939
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: Baseboard (or Module) Information (Type 2) --- Location
  in Chassis\\
  \textbf{Description}: Varies, may be empty or
  \texttt{Part\ Component}.
\item
  \texttt{ChassisManufacturer}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3947
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Enclosure or Chassis (Type 3) --- Manufacturer\\
  \textbf{Description}: Board manufacturer. All rules of
  \texttt{SystemManufacturer} do apply.
\item
  \texttt{ChassisType}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
3954
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Enclosure or Chassis (Type 3) --- Type\\
  \textbf{Description}: Chassis type, refer to Table 17 --- System
  Enclosure or Chassis Types for more details.
\item
  \texttt{ChassisVersion}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3961
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3962 3963 3964 3965 3966
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Enclosure or Chassis (Type 3) --- Version\\
  \textbf{Description}: Should match \texttt{BoardProduct}.
\item
  \texttt{ChassisSerialNumber}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3967
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3968 3969 3970 3971 3972
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Enclosure or Chassis (Type 3) --- Version\\
  \textbf{Description}: Should match \texttt{SystemSerialNumber}.
\item
  \texttt{ChassisAssetTag}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
3973
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: System Enclosure or Chassis (Type 3) --- Asset Tag
  Number\\
  \textbf{Description}: Chassis type name. Varies, could be empty or
  \texttt{MacBook-Aluminum}.
\item
  \texttt{PlatformFeature}\\
3980
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 32-bit\\
3981
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0xFFFFFFFF}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3982 3983 3984 3985
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: \texttt{APPLE\_SMBIOS\_TABLE\_TYPE133} -
  \texttt{PlatformFeature}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Platform features bitmask. Refer to
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/EfiPkg/blob/master/Include/IndustryStandard/AppleFeatures.h}{AppleFeatures.h}
3986 3987 3988 3989
  for more details. Use \texttt{0xFFFFFFFF} value to not provide this table.
\item
  \texttt{SmcVersion}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 16 bytes\\
3990
  \textbf{Failsafe}: All zero\\
3991 3992 3993
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: \texttt{APPLE\_SMBIOS\_TABLE\_TYPE134} - \texttt{Version}\\
  \textbf{Description}: ASCII string containing SMC version in upper case.
  Missing on T2 based Macs. Ignored when zero.
V
vit9696 已提交
3994 3995
\item
  \texttt{FirmwareFeatures}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3996
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 8 bytes\\
3997
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: \texttt{APPLE\_SMBIOS\_TABLE\_TYPE128} -
  \texttt{FirmwareFeatures} and \texttt{ExtendedFirmwareFeatures}\\
  \textbf{Description}: 64-bit firmware features bitmask. Refer to
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/EfiPkg/blob/master/Include/IndustryStandard/AppleFeatures.h}{AppleFeatures.h}
  for more details. Lower 32 bits match \texttt{FirmwareFeatures}. Upper
  64 bits match \texttt{ExtendedFirmwareFeatures}.
\item
  \texttt{FirmwareFeaturesMask}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
4006
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ data}, 8 bytes\\
4007
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: \texttt{APPLE\_SMBIOS\_TABLE\_TYPE128} -
  \texttt{FirmwareFeaturesMask} and
  \texttt{ExtendedFirmwareFeaturesMask}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Supported bits of extended firmware features
  bitmask. Refer to
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/EfiPkg/blob/master/Include/IndustryStandard/AppleFeatures.h}{AppleFeatures.h}
  for more details. Lower 32 bits match \texttt{FirmwareFeaturesMask}.
  Upper 64 bits match \texttt{ExtendedFirmwareFeaturesMask}.
\item
  \texttt{ProcessorType}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 16-bit\\
4019
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Automatic\\
V
vit9696 已提交
4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: \texttt{APPLE\_SMBIOS\_TABLE\_TYPE131} -
  \texttt{ProcessorType}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Combined of Processor Major and Minor types.
\item
  \texttt{MemoryFormFactor}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}, 8-bit\\
4026
  \textbf{Failsafe}: OEM specified\\
V
vit9696 已提交
4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038
  \textbf{SMBIOS}: Memory Device (Type 17) --- Form Factor\\
  \textbf{Description}: Memory form factor. On Macs it should be DIMM or
  SODIMM.
\end{enumerate}

\section{UEFI}\label{uefi}

\subsection{Introduction}\label{uefiintro}

\href{https://uefi.org/specifications}{UEFI} (Unified Extensible Firmware Interface)
is a specification that defines a software interface between an operating system and
platform firmware. This section allows to load additional UEFI modules and/or apply
V
vit9696 已提交
4039 4040 4041
tweaks for the onboard firmware. To inspect firmware contents, apply modifications
and perform upgrades \href{https://github.com/LongSoft/UEFITool/releases}{UEFITool}
and supplementary utilities can be used.
V
vit9696 已提交
4042

V
vit9696 已提交
4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048
\subsection{Drivers}\label{uefidrivers}

Depending on the firmware a different set of drivers may be required.
Loading an incompatible driver may lead your system to unbootable state or
even cause permanent firmware damage. Some of the known drivers are listed below:

V
vit9696 已提交
4049 4050 4051
\begin{tabular}{p{1.3in}p{5.55in}}
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/AppleSupportPkg}{\texttt{AudioDxe}}
& HDA audio support driver in UEFI firmwares for most Intel and some other analog audio controllers.
V
vit9696 已提交
4052
  Refer to \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker/issues/740}{acidanthera/bugtracker\#740}
V
vit9696 已提交
4053 4054 4055
  for known issues in AudioDxe. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OcBinaryData}{\texttt{ExFatDxe}}
& Proprietary ExFAT file system driver for Bootcamp support commonly found in Apple
V
vit9696 已提交
4056
  firmwares. For Sandy Bridge and earlier CPUs \texttt{ExFatDxeLegacy} driver should be
V
vit9696 已提交
4057 4058 4059
  used due to the lack of \texttt{RDRAND} instruction support. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OcBinaryData}{\texttt{HfsPlus}}
& Proprietary HFS file system driver with bless support commonly found in Apple
V
vit9696 已提交
4060
  firmwares. For Sandy Bridge and earlier CPUs \texttt{HfsPlusLegacy} driver should be
V
vit9696 已提交
4061 4062 4063
  used due to the lack of \texttt{RDRAND} instruction support. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk}{\texttt{HiiDatabase}}\textbf{*}
& HII services support driver from \texttt{MdeModulePkg}. This driver is included in
V
vit9696 已提交
4064
  most firmwares starting with Ivy Bridge generation. Some applications with the GUI
V
vit9696 已提交
4065 4066 4067
  like UEFI Shell may need this driver to work properly. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk}{\texttt{EnhancedFatDxe}}
& FAT filesystem driver from \texttt{FatPkg}. This driver is embedded in all
V
vit9696 已提交
4068 4069 4070
  UEFI firmwares, and cannot be used from OpenCore. It is known that multiple firmwares
  have a bug in their FAT support implementation, which leads to corrupted filesystems
  on write attempt. Embedding this driver within the firmware may be required in case
V
vit9696 已提交
4071 4072 4073
  writing to EFI partition is needed during the boot process. \\
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk}{\texttt{NvmExpressDxe}}\textbf{*}
& NVMe support driver from \texttt{MdeModulePkg}. This driver is included in most
V
vit9696 已提交
4074
  firmwares starting with Broadwell generation. For Haswell and earlier embedding it
V
vit9696 已提交
4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081
  within the firmware may be more favourable in case a NVMe SSD drive is installed. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{OpenCanopy}}\textbf{*}
& \hyperref[ueficanopy]{OpenCore plugin} implementing graphical interface. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{OpenRuntime}}\textbf{*}
& \hyperref[uefiruntime]{OpenCore plugin} implementing \texttt{OC\_FIRMWARE\_RUNTIME} protocol. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{OpenUsbKbDxe}}\textbf{*}
& USB keyboard driver adding the support of \texttt{AppleKeyMapAggregator} protocols
V
vit9696 已提交
4082
  on top of a custom USB keyboard driver implementation. This is an alternative to
V
vit9696 已提交
4083
  builtin \texttt{KeySupport}, which may work better or worse depending on the firmware. \\
4084 4085 4086 4087 4088
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk}{\texttt{Ps2KeyboardDxe}}\textbf{*}
& PS/2 keyboard driver from \texttt{MdeModulePkg}. DuetPkg and some firmwares
  may not include this driver, but it is necessary for PS/2 keyboard to work.
  Note, unlike \texttt{OpenUsbKbDxe} this driver has no \texttt{AppleKeyMapAggregator}
  support and thus requires \texttt{KeySupport} to be enabled. \\
4089 4090 4091 4092 4093 4094 4095 4096
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk}{\texttt{Ps2MouseDxe}}\textbf{*}
& PS/2 mouse driver from \texttt{MdeModulePkg}. Some very old laptop firmwares
  may not include this driver, but it is necessary for touchpad to work
  in UEFI graphical interfaces, such as \texttt{OpenCanopy}. \\
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk}{\texttt{UsbMouseDxe}}\textbf{*}
& USB mouse driver from \texttt{MdeModulePkg}. Some virtual machine firmwares
  like OVMF may not include this driver, but it is necessary for mouse to work
  in UEFI graphical interfaces, such as \texttt{OpenCanopy}. \\
V
vit9696 已提交
4097 4098
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/AppleSupportPkg}{\texttt{VBoxHfs}}
& HFS file system driver with bless support. This driver is an alternative to
V
vit9696 已提交
4099 4100
  a closed source \texttt{HfsPlus} driver commonly found in Apple firmwares. While
  it is feature complete, it is approximately 3~times slower and is yet to undergo
V
vit9696 已提交
4101 4102 4103
  a security audit. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/audk}{\texttt{XhciDxe}}\textbf{*}
& XHCI USB controller support driver from \texttt{MdeModulePkg}. This driver is
V
vit9696 已提交
4104 4105
  included in most firmwares starting with Sandy Bridge generation. For earlier firmwares
  or legacy systems it may be used to support external USB 3.0 PCI cards.
V
vit9696 已提交
4106
\end{tabular}
V
vit9696 已提交
4107

V
vit9696 已提交
4108
Driver marked with \textbf{*} are bundled with OpenCore.
V
vit9696 已提交
4109 4110 4111 4112 4113 4114 4115 4116 4117 4118 4119 4120 4121 4122 4123 4124 4125
To compile the drivers from UDK (EDK II) use the same command you normally use
for OpenCore compilation, but choose a corresponding package:
\begin{lstlisting}[label=compileudk, style=ocbash]
git clone https://github.com/acidanthera/audk UDK
cd UDK
source edksetup.sh
make -C BaseTools
build -a X64 -b RELEASE -t XCODE5 -p FatPkg/FatPkg.dsc
build -a X64 -b RELEASE -t XCODE5 -p MdeModulePkg/MdeModulePkg.dsc
\end{lstlisting}

\subsection{Tools}\label{uefitools}

Standalone tools may help to debug firmware and hardware. Some of the known tools are listed below.
While some tools can be launched from within OpenCore many should be run separately either directly
or from \texttt{Shell}.

V
vit9696 已提交
4126
To boot into OpenShell or any other tool directly save \texttt{OpenShell.efi}
V
vit9696 已提交
4127 4128 4129 4130 4131 4132 4133 4134 4135
under the name of \texttt{EFI\textbackslash BOOT\textbackslash BOOTX64.EFI}
on a FAT32 partition. In general it is unimportant whether the partitition scheme
is \texttt{GPT} or \texttt{MBR}.

While the previous approach works both on Macs and other computers,
an alternative Mac-only approach to bless the tool on an HFS+ or APFS
volume:

\begin{lstlisting}[caption=Blessing tool, label=blesstool, style=ocbash]
V
vit9696 已提交
4136
sudo bless --verbose --file /Volumes/VOLNAME/DIR/OpenShell.efi \
V
vit9696 已提交
4137 4138 4139 4140 4141 4142 4143 4144 4145 4146
  --folder /Volumes/VOLNAME/DIR/ --setBoot
\end{lstlisting}

\emph{Note 1}: You may have to copy \texttt{/System/Library/CoreServices/BridgeVersion.bin}
  to \texttt{/Volumes/VOLNAME/DIR}. \\
\emph{Note 2}: To be able to use \texttt{bless} you may have to
  \href{https://developer.apple.com/library/archive/documentation/Security/Conceptual/System_Integrity_Protection_Guide/ConfiguringSystemIntegrityProtection/ConfiguringSystemIntegrityProtection.html}{disable System Integrity Protection}. \\
\emph{Note 3}: To be able to boot you may have to \href{https://support.apple.com/HT208330}{disable Secure Boot}
  if present.

V
vit9696 已提交
4147 4148 4149 4150 4151 4152 4153 4154 4155 4156 4157 4158 4159 4160 4161 4162 4163 4164 4165 4166 4167 4168 4169 4170 4171 4172
Some of the known tools are listed below (builtin tools are marked with \textbf{*}):

\begin{tabular}{p{1.3in}p{5.55in}}
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{BootKicker}}\textbf{*}
& Enter Apple BootPicker menu (exclusive for Macs with compatible GPUs). \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{ChipTune}}\textbf{*}
& Test BeepGen protocol and generate audio signals of different style and length. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{CleanNvram}}\textbf{*}
& Reset NVRAM alternative bundled as a standalone tool. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{GopStop}}\textbf{*}
& Test GraphicsOutput protocol with a
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg/tree/master/Application/GopStop}{simple scenario}. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{HdaCodecDump}}\textbf{*}
& Parse and dump High Definition Audio codec information (requires \texttt{AudioDxe}). \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{KeyTester}}\textbf{*}
& Test keyboard input in \texttt{SimpleText} mode. \\
\href{https://www.memtest86.com}{\texttt{MemTest86}}
& Memory testing utility. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{OpenControl}}\textbf{*}
& Unlock and lock back NVRAM protection for other tools to be able to get full NVRAM access
  when launching from OpenCore. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{OpenShell}}\textbf{*}
& OpenCore-configured \href{http://github.com/tianocore/edk2}{\texttt{UEFI Shell}} for compatibility
  with a broad range of firmwares. \\
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{PavpProvision}}
& Perform EPID provisioning (requires certificate data configuration). \\
V
vit9696 已提交
4173 4174 4175
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{ResetSystem}}\textbf{*}
& Utility to perform system reset. Takes reset type as an argument:
  \texttt{ColdReset}, \texttt{WarmReset}, \texttt{Shutdown}. Defaults to \texttt{ColdReset}. \\
V
vit9696 已提交
4176 4177
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{RtcRw}}\textbf{*}
& Utility to read and write RTC (CMOS) memory. \\
V
vit9696 已提交
4178 4179 4180 4181 4182 4183 4184 4185 4186 4187 4188 4189 4190 4191 4192
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{\texttt{VerifyMsrE2}}\textbf{*}
& Check \texttt{CFG Lock} (MSR \texttt{0xE2} write protection) consistency across all cores.
\end{tabular}

\subsection{OpenCanopy}\label{ueficanopy}

OpenCanopy is a graphical OpenCore user interface that runs in
\texttt{External} \texttt{PickerMode} and relies on
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg}{OpenCorePkg} \texttt{OcBootManagementLib}
similar to the builtin text interface.

OpenCanopy requires graphical resources located in \texttt{Resources} directory to run.
Sample resources (fonts and images) can be found in
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OcBinaryData}{OcBinaryData repository}.

4193 4194 4195 4196 4197 4198 4199 4200 4201 4202 4203 4204 4205 4206 4207 4208 4209 4210 4211 4212 4213 4214 4215 4216 4217 4218 4219 4220 4221 4222 4223 4224 4225 4226 4227 4228 4229 4230 4231 4232 4233 4234 4235 4236 4237
OpenCanopy provides full support for \texttt{PickerAttributes} and offers a configurable
builtin icon set. The default chosen icon set depends on the \texttt{DefaultBackgroundColor}
variable value. For Light Gray \texttt{Old} icon set will be used, for other colours ---
the one without a prefix.

Predefined icons are put to \texttt{\textbackslash EFI\textbackslash OC\textbackslash Resources\textbackslash Image}
directory. Full list of supported icons (in \texttt{.icns} format) is provided below. Missing optional
icons will use the closest available icon. External entries will use \texttt{Ext}-prefixed
icon if available (e.g. \texttt{OldExtHardDrive.icns}).

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
  \item \texttt{Cursor} --- Mouse cursor (mandatory).
  \item \texttt{Selected} --- Selected item (mandatory).
  \item \texttt{Selector} --- Selecting item (mandatory).
  \item \texttt{HardDrive} --- Generic OS (mandatory).
  \item \texttt{Apple} --- Apple OS.
  \item \texttt{AppleRecv} --- Apple Recovery OS.
  \item \texttt{AppleTM} --- Apple Time Machine.
  \item \texttt{Windows} --- Windows.
  \item \texttt{Other} --- Custom entry (see \texttt{Entries}).
  \item \texttt{ResetNVRAM} --- Reset NVRAM system action or tool.
  \item \texttt{Shell} --- Entry with UEFI Shell name (e.g. \texttt{OpenShell}).
  \item \texttt{Tool} --- Any other tool.
\end{itemize}

Predefined labels are put to \texttt{\textbackslash EFI\textbackslash OC\textbackslash Resources\textbackslash Label}
directory. Each label has \texttt{.lbl} or \texttt{.l2x} suffix to represent the scaling level.
Full list of labels is provided below. All labels are mandatory.

\begin{itemize}
\tightlist
  \item \texttt{EFIBoot} --- Generic OS.
  \item \texttt{Apple} --- Apple OS.
  \item \texttt{AppleRecv} --- Apple Recovery OS.
  \item \texttt{AppleTM} --- Apple Time Machine.
  \item \texttt{Windows} --- Windows.
  \item \texttt{Other} --- Custom entry (see \texttt{Entries}).
  \item \texttt{ResetNVRAM} --- Reset NVRAM system action or tool.
  \item \texttt{Shell} --- Entry with UEFI Shell name (e.g. \texttt{OpenShell}).
  \item \texttt{Tool} --- Any other tool.
\end{itemize}

Label and icon generation can be performed with bundled utilities: \texttt{disklabel} and
\texttt{icnspack}. Please refer to sample data for the details about the dimensions.
4238 4239 4240 4241 4242 4243 4244
Font is Helvetica 12 pt times scale factor.

Font format corresponds to \href{https://www.angelcode.com/products/bmfont}{AngelCode binary BMF}.
While there are many utilities to generate font files, currently it is recommended to use
\href{https://github.com/danpla/dpfontbaker}{dpFontBaker} to generate bitmap font
(\href{https://github.com/danpla/dpfontbaker/pull/1}{using CoreText produces best results})
and \href{https://github.com/usr-sse2/fonverter}{fonverter} to export it to binary format.
4245 4246

\emph{WARNING}: OpenCanopy is currently considered experimental and is not recommended for
V
vit9696 已提交
4247 4248 4249 4250 4251 4252 4253 4254 4255 4256
everyday use. Refer to
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker/issues/759}{acidanthera/bugtracker\#759}
for more details regarding the current limitations.

\subsection{OpenRuntime}\label{uefiruntime}

\texttt{OpenRuntime} is an OpenCore plugin implementing \texttt{OC\_FIRMWARE\_RUNTIME} protocol.
This protocol implements multiple features required for OpenCore that are otherwise not possible
to implement in OpenCore itself as they are needed to work in runtime, i.e. during operating system
functioning. Feature highlights:
V
vit9696 已提交
4257 4258

\begin{itemize}
V
vit9696 已提交
4259 4260 4261 4262 4263 4264 4265 4266 4267 4268
  \item NVRAM namespaces, allowing to isolate operating systems from accessing select
  variables (e.g. \texttt{RequestBootVarRouting} or \texttt{ProtectSecureBoot}).
  \item NVRAM proxying, allowing to manipulate multiple variables on variable updates
  (e.g. \texttt{RequestBootVarFallback}).
  \item Read-only and write-only NVRAM variables, enhancing the security of OpenCore,
  Lilu, and Lilu plugins, like VirtualSMC, which implements \texttt{AuthRestart} support.
  \item NVRAM isolation, allowing to protect all variables from being written from
  an untrusted operating system (e.g. \texttt{DisableVariableWrite}).
  \item UEFI Runtime Services memory protection management to workaround read-only
  mapping (e.g. \texttt{EnableWriteUnprotector}).
V
vit9696 已提交
4269 4270
\end{itemize}

V
vit9696 已提交
4271 4272 4273
\subsection{Properties}\label{uefiprops}

\begin{enumerate}
V
vit9696 已提交
4274 4275 4276 4277 4278 4279 4280
\item
  \texttt{APFS}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: None\\
  \textbf{Description}: Provide APFS support as configured in
  \hyperref[uefiapfsprops]{APFS Properties} section below.

4281 4282 4283 4284 4285 4286 4287 4288 4289 4290 4291 4292 4293 4294 4295 4296 4297 4298 4299 4300 4301 4302 4303 4304 4305 4306 4307 4308 4309 4310
\item
  \texttt{Audio}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: None\\
  \textbf{Description}: Configure audio backend support described
  in \hyperref[uefiaudioprops]{Audio Properties} section below.

  Audio support provides a way for upstream protocols to interact with the
  selected hardware and audio resources. All audio resources should reside
  in \texttt{\textbackslash EFI\textbackslash OC\textbackslash Resources\textbackslash Audio}
  directory. Currently the only supported audio file format is WAVE PCM. While it is
  driver-dependent which audio stream format is supported, most common audio cards
  support 16-bit signed stereo audio at 44100 or 48000 Hz.

  Audio file path is determined by audio type, audio localisation, and audio path. Each filename
  looks as follows: \texttt{[audio type]\_[audio localisation]\_[audio path].wav}. For unlocalised
  files filename does not include the language code and looks as follows:
  \texttt{[audio type]\_[audio path].wav}.

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item Audio type can be \texttt{OCEFIAudio} for OpenCore audio files or
    \texttt{AXEFIAudio} for macOS bootloader audio files.
  \item Audio localisation is a two letter language code (e.g. \texttt{en})
  with an exception for Chinese, Spanish, and Portuguese. Refer to
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/EfiPkg/blob/master/Include/Protocol/AppleVoiceOver.h}{\texttt{APPLE\_VOICE\_OVER\_LANGUAGE\_CODE} definition}
  for the list of all supported localisations.
  \item Audio path is the base filename corresponding to a file identifier. For macOS bootloader audio paths refer to
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/EfiPkg/blob/master/Include/Protocol/AppleVoiceOver.h}{\texttt{APPLE\_VOICE\_OVER\_AUDIO\_FILE} definition}.
  For OpenCore audio paths refer to
4311
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg/blob/master/Include/Protocol/OcAudio.h}{\texttt{OC\_VOICE\_OVER\_AUDIO\_FILE} definition}.
4312 4313 4314 4315 4316 4317 4318 4319 4320 4321 4322
  The only exception is OpenCore boot chime file, which is \texttt{OCEFIAudio\_VoiceOver\_Boot.wav}.
  \end{itemize}

  Audio localisation is determined separately for macOS bootloader and OpenCore.
  For macOS bootloader it is set in \texttt{preferences.efires} archive in
  \texttt{systemLanguage.utf8} file and is controlled by the operating system.
  For OpenCore the value of \texttt{prev-lang:kbd} variable is used.
  When native audio localisation of a particular file is missing, English language
  (\texttt{en}) localisation is used. Sample audio files can be found in
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OcBinaryData}{OcBinaryData repository}.

V
vit9696 已提交
4323 4324 4325
\item
  \texttt{ConnectDrivers}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
4326
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
4327 4328
  \textbf{Description}: Perform UEFI controller connection after driver loading.

4329 4330 4331 4332
  This option is useful for loading drivers following UEFI driver model
  as they may not start by themselves. Examples of such drivers are filesystem
  or audio drivers. While effective, this option may not be necessary for drivers
  performing automatic connection, and may slightly slowdown the boot.
V
vit9696 已提交
4333

4334 4335 4336 4337
  \emph{Note}: Some firmwares, made by Apple in particular, only connect the boot
  drive to speedup the boot process. Enable this option to be able to see all the
  boot options when having multiple drives.

V
vit9696 已提交
4338 4339 4340
\item
  \texttt{Drivers}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
4341
  \textbf{Failsafe}: None\\
V
vit9696 已提交
4342 4343 4344 4345
  \textbf{Description}: Load selected drivers from \texttt{OC/Drivers}
  directory.

  Designed to be filled with string filenames meant to be loaded as UEFI
V
vit9696 已提交
4346
  drivers.
4347

V
vit9696 已提交
4348 4349 4350 4351 4352 4353 4354
\item
  \texttt{Input}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: None\\
  \textbf{Description}: Apply individual settings designed for input (keyboard and mouse) in
  \hyperref[uefiinputprops]{Input Properties} section below.

4355
\item
4356
  \texttt{Output}\\
4357 4358 4359 4360
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: None\\
  \textbf{Description}: Apply individual settings designed for output (text and graphics) in
  \hyperref[uefioutputprops]{Output Properties} section below.
V
vit9696 已提交
4361

4362
\item
4363
  \texttt{ProtocolOverrides}\\
4364
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
4365
  \textbf{Failsafe}: None\\
4366
  \textbf{Description}: Force builtin versions of select protocols described
4367
  in \hyperref[uefiprotoprops]{ProtocolOverrides Properties} section below.
4368

V
vit9696 已提交
4369 4370
  \emph{Note}: all protocol instances are installed prior to driver loading.

V
vit9696 已提交
4371 4372 4373
\item
  \texttt{Quirks}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ dict}\\
4374
  \textbf{Failsafe}: None\\
V
vit9696 已提交
4375 4376 4377
  \textbf{Description}: Apply individual firmware quirks described in
  \hyperref[uefiquirkprops]{Quirks Properties} section below.

4378 4379 4380 4381 4382 4383 4384 4385 4386
\item
  \texttt{ReservedMemory}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ array}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Designed to be filled with \texttt{plist\ dict} values,
  describing memory areas exquisite to particular firmware and hardware functioning,
  which should not be used by the operating system. An example of such memory region
  could be second 256 MB corrupted by Intel HD 3000 or an area with faulty RAM.
  See \hyperref[uefirsvdprops]{ReservedMemory Properties} section below.

V
vit9696 已提交
4387 4388
\end{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
4389 4390 4391 4392 4393 4394 4395 4396 4397 4398 4399 4400 4401 4402 4403 4404 4405 4406 4407 4408 4409 4410 4411 4412 4413 4414 4415 4416 4417 4418 4419 4420 4421 4422 4423 4424 4425 4426 4427 4428 4429 4430 4431 4432 4433 4434 4435 4436
\subsection{APFS Properties}\label{uefiapfsprops}

\begin{enumerate}

\item
  \texttt{EnableJumpstart}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Load embedded APFS drivers from APFS containers.

  APFS EFI driver is bundled in all bootable APFS containers. This
  option performs loading of signed APFS drivers with respect to
  \texttt{ScanPolicy}. See more details in ``EFI Jumpstart'' section of
  \href{https://developer.apple.com/support/apple-file-system/Apple-File-System-Reference.pdf}{Apple File System Reference}.

\item
  \texttt{HideVerbose}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Hide verbose output from APFS driver.

  APFS verbose output can be useful for debugging.

\item
  \texttt{JumpstartHotPlug}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Load APFS drivers for newly connected devices.

  Performs APFS driver loading not only at OpenCore startup but also
  during boot picker. This permits APFS USB hot plug. Disable if not
  required.

\item
  \texttt{MinDate}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Minimal allowed APFS driver date.

  APFS driver date connects APFS driver with the calendar
  release date. Older versions of APFS drivers may contain unpatched
  vulnerabilities, which can be used to inflict harm on your computer.
  This option permits restricting APFS drivers to only recent releases.

  \begin{itemize}
    \tightlist
    \item \texttt{0} --- require the default supported release date of APFS
    in OpenCore. The default release date will increase with time and thus
4437
    this setting is recommended. Currently set to 2018/06/21.
V
vit9696 已提交
4438 4439 4440 4441 4442 4443 4444 4445 4446 4447 4448 4449 4450 4451 4452 4453 4454 4455 4456 4457 4458 4459 4460
    \item \texttt{-1} --- permit any release date to load (strongly discouraged).
    \item Other --- use custom minimal APFS release date, e.g. \texttt{20200401}
    for 2020/04/01. APFS release dates can be found in OpenCore boot log
    and \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg/blob/master/Include/Library/OcApfsLib.h}{\texttt{OcApfsLib}}.
  \end{itemize}

\item
  \texttt{MinVersion}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Minimal allowed APFS driver version.

  APFS driver version connects APFS driver with the macOS
  release. APFS drivers from older macOS releases will become
  unsupported and thus may contain unpatched vulnerabilities, which
  can be used to inflict harm on your computer. This option permits
  restricting APFS drivers to only modern macOS versions.

  \begin{itemize}
    \tightlist
    \item \texttt{0} --- require the default supported version of APFS
    in OpenCore. The default version will increase with time and thus
    this setting is recommended. Currently set to the latest point release
4461
    from High Sierra from App Store (\texttt{748077008000000}).
V
vit9696 已提交
4462 4463 4464 4465 4466 4467 4468 4469
    \item \texttt{-1} --- permit any version to load (strongly discouraged).
    \item Other --- use custom minimal APFS version, e.g. \texttt{1412101001000000}
    from macOS Catalina 10.15.4. APFS versions can be found in OpenCore boot log
    and \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg/blob/master/Include/Library/OcApfsLib.h}{\texttt{OcApfsLib}}.
  \end{itemize}

\end{enumerate}

4470 4471 4472 4473 4474 4475 4476 4477

\subsection{Audio Properties}\label{uefiaudioprops}

\begin{enumerate}

\item
  \texttt{AudioCodec}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
4478
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
4479 4480 4481 4482 4483 4484 4485 4486 4487 4488 4489 4490 4491 4492 4493
  \textbf{Description}: Codec address on the specified audio controller for audio support.

  Normally this contains first audio codec address on the builtin analog audio controller (\texttt{HDEF}).
  Audio codec addresses, e.g. \texttt{2}, can be found in the debug log (marked in bold):

  \texttt{OCAU: 1/3 PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1,0x0)/Pci(0x0,0x1)/VenMsg(<redacted>,\textbf{00000000}) (4 outputs)}\\
  \texttt{OCAU: 2/3 PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x3,0x0)/VenMsg(<redacted>,\textbf{00000000}) (1 outputs)}\\
  \texttt{OCAU: 3/3 PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1B,0x0)/VenMsg(<redacted>,\textbf{02000000}) (7 outputs)}

  As an alternative this value can be obtained from \texttt{IOHDACodecDevice} class in I/O Registry
  containing it in \texttt{IOHDACodecAddress} field.

\item
  \texttt{AudioDevice}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
4494
  \textbf{Failsafe}: empty string\\
4495 4496 4497 4498 4499 4500 4501 4502 4503 4504 4505 4506 4507 4508 4509 4510 4511 4512 4513 4514
  \textbf{Description}: Device path of the specified audio controller for audio support.

  Normally this contains builtin analog audio controller (\texttt{HDEF}) device path,
  e.g. \texttt{PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1b,0x0)}. The list of recognised audio controllers can be
  found in the debug log (marked in bold):

  \texttt{OCAU: 1/3 \textbf{PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1,0x0)/Pci(0x0,0x1)}/VenMsg(<redacted>,00000000) (4 outputs)}\\
  \texttt{OCAU: 2/3 \textbf{PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x3,0x0)}/VenMsg(<redacted>,00000000) (1 outputs)}\\
  \texttt{OCAU: 3/3 \textbf{PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1B,0x0)}/VenMsg(<redacted>,02000000) (7 outputs)}

  As an alternative \texttt{gfxutil -f HDEF} command can be used in macOS. Specifying empty device
  path will result in the first available audio controller to be used.

\item
  \texttt{AudioOut}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Index of the output port of the specified codec starting from 0.

  Normally this contains the index of the green out of the builtin analog audio controller (\texttt{HDEF}).
V
vit9696 已提交
4515
  The number of output nodes (\texttt{N}) in the debug log (marked in bold):
4516 4517 4518 4519

  \texttt{OCAU: 1/3 PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1,0x0)/Pci(0x0,0x1)/VenMsg(<redacted>,00000000) (\textbf{4 outputs})}\\
  \texttt{OCAU: 2/3 PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x3,0x0)/VenMsg(<redacted>,00000000) (\textbf{1 outputs})}\\
  \texttt{OCAU: 3/3 PciRoot(0x0)/Pci(0x1B,0x0)/VenMsg(<redacted>,02000000) (\textbf{7 outputs})}
V
vit9696 已提交
4520 4521
  
  The quickest way to find the right port is to bruteforce the values from \texttt{0} to \texttt{N - 1}. 
4522 4523 4524 4525 4526 4527 4528 4529 4530 4531 4532 4533 4534 4535 4536 4537 4538 4539 4540 4541 4542 4543 4544 4545 4546 4547 4548 4549 4550 4551 4552 4553 4554 4555 4556 4557 4558 4559 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 4571 4572 4573

\item
  \texttt{AudioSupport}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Activate audio support by connecting to a backend driver.

  Enabling this setting routes audio playback from builtin protocols to a dedicated
  audio port (\texttt{AudioOut}) of the specified codec (\texttt{AudioCodec}) located
  on the audio controller (\texttt{AudioDevice}).

\item
  \texttt{MinimumVolume}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Minimal heard volume level from \texttt{0} to \texttt{100}.

  Screen reader will use this volume level, when the calculated volume level is
  less than \texttt{MinimumVolume}. Boot chime sound will not play if the calculated
  volume level is less than \texttt{MinimumVolume}.

\item
  \texttt{PlayChime}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Play chime sound at startup.

  Enabling this setting plays boot chime through builtin audio support. Volume level
  is determined by \texttt{MinimumVolume} and \texttt{VolumeAmplifier} settings and
  \texttt{SystemAudioVolume} NVRAM variable.

  \emph{Note}: this setting is separate from \texttt{StartupMute} NVRAM variable
  to avoid conflicts when the firmware is able to play boot chime.

\item
  \texttt{VolumeAmplifier}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Multiplication coefficient for system volume to raw volume linear translation
  from \texttt{0} to \texttt{1000}.

  Volume level range read from \texttt{SystemAudioVolume} varies depending on the codec.
  To transform read value in \texttt{[0, 127]} range into raw volume range \texttt{[0, 100]}
  the read value is scaled to \texttt{VolumeAmplifier} percents:
  \begin{align*}
      RawVolume &= MIN(\frac{SystemAudioVolume * VolumeAmplifier}{100}, 100)
  \end{align*}
  \emph{Note}: the transformation used in macOS is not linear, but it is very close
  and this nuance is thus ignored.

\end{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
4574 4575 4576 4577
\subsection{Input Properties}\label{uefiinputprops}

\begin{enumerate}

4578 4579 4580 4581 4582 4583 4584 4585 4586 4587 4588
\item
  \texttt{KeyFiltering}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Enable keyboard input sanity checking.

  Apparently some boards like GA Z77P-D3 may return uninitialised data
  in \texttt{EFI\_INPUT\_KEY} with all input protocols.
  This option discards keys that are neither ASCII, nor are defined
  in the UEFI specification (see tables 107 and 108 in version 2.8).

V
vit9696 已提交
4589 4590 4591 4592 4593 4594 4595 4596 4597 4598 4599 4600
\item
  \texttt{KeyForgetThreshold}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Remove key unless it was submitted during this timeout in milliseconds.

  \texttt{AppleKeyMapAggregator} protocol is supposed to contain a fixed length buffer
  of currently pressed keys. However, the majority of the drivers only report key
  presses as interrupts and pressing and holding the key on the keyboard results in
  subsequent submissions of this key with some defined time interval. As a result
  we use a timeout to remove once pressed keys from the buffer once the timeout
  expires and no new submission of this key happened.
4601

V
vit9696 已提交
4602 4603 4604 4605 4606 4607 4608 4609 4610 4611 4612 4613 4614 4615 4616 4617 4618 4619 4620 4621 4622 4623 4624 4625 4626 4627 4628 4629 4630 4631 4632 4633 4634
  This option allows to set this timeout based on your platform. The recommended
  value that works on the majority of the platforms is \texttt{5} milliseconds.
  For reference, holding one key on VMware will repeat it roughly every \texttt{2}
  milliseconds and the same value for APTIO V is \texttt{3-4} milliseconds. Thus
  it is possible to set a slightly lower value on faster platforms
  and slightly higher value on slower platforms for more responsive input.

\item
  \texttt{KeyMergeThreshold}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Assume simultaneous combination for keys submitted within
  this timeout in milliseconds.

  Similarly to \texttt{KeyForgetThreshold}, this option works around the sequential
  nature of key submission. To be able to recognise simultaneously pressed keys
  in the situation when all keys arrive sequentially, we are required to set
  a timeout within which we assume the keys were pressed together.

  Holding multiple keys results in reports every \texttt{2} and \texttt{1} milliseconds
  for VMware and APTIO V respectively. Pressing keys one after the other results in
  delays of at least \texttt{6} and \texttt{10} milliseconds for the same platforms.
  The recommended value for this option is \texttt{2} milliseconds, but it may be
  decreased for faster platforms and increased for slower.

\item
  \texttt{KeySupport}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Enable internal keyboard input translation to
  \texttt{AppleKeyMapAggregator} protocol.

  This option activates the internal keyboard interceptor driver, based on
M
Typo  
Michael Belyaev 已提交
4635
  \texttt{AppleGenericInput} aka (\texttt{AptioInputFix}), to fill
V
vit9696 已提交
4636
  \texttt{AppleKeyMapAggregator} database for input functioning. In case
V
vit9696 已提交
4637
  a separate driver is used, such as \texttt{OpenUsbKbDxe}, this option
V
vit9696 已提交
4638 4639 4640 4641 4642 4643 4644 4645 4646 4647 4648 4649 4650 4651 4652 4653 4654
  should never be enabled.

\item
  \texttt{KeySupportMode}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Set internal keyboard input translation to
  \texttt{AppleKeyMapAggregator} protocol mode.

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{Auto} --- Performs automatic choice as available with the following preference: \texttt{AMI}, \texttt{V2}, \texttt{V1}.
  \item \texttt{V1} --- Uses UEFI standard legacy input protocol \texttt{EFI\_SIMPLE\_TEXT\_INPUT\_PROTOCOL}.
  \item \texttt{V2} --- Uses UEFI standard modern input protocol \texttt{EFI\_SIMPLE\_TEXT\_INPUT\_EX\_PROTOCOL}.
  \item \texttt{AMI} --- Uses APTIO input protocol \texttt{AMI\_EFIKEYCODE\_PROTOCOL}.
  \end{itemize}

4655 4656 4657
  \emph{Note}: Currently \texttt{V1}, \texttt{V2}, and \texttt{AMI} unlike \texttt{Auto} only do filtering of
  the particular specified protocol. This may change in the future versions.

V
vit9696 已提交
4658 4659 4660 4661 4662 4663 4664 4665 4666 4667 4668 4669 4670 4671 4672 4673 4674 4675 4676 4677 4678 4679 4680 4681 4682 4683 4684 4685 4686 4687 4688 4689 4690 4691 4692 4693 4694 4695
\item
  \texttt{KeySwap}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Swap \texttt{Command} and \texttt{Option} keys during submission.

  This option may be useful for keyboard layouts with \texttt{Option} key situated to the right
  of \texttt{Command} key.

\item
  \texttt{PointerSupport}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Enable internal pointer driver.

  This option implements standard UEFI pointer protocol (\texttt{EFI\_SIMPLE\_POINTER\_PROTOCOL})
  through select OEM protocols. The option may be useful on Z87 ASUS boards, where
  \texttt{EFI\_SIMPLE\_POINTER\_PROTOCOL} is broken.

\item
  \texttt{PointerSupportMode}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Set OEM protocol used for internal pointer driver.

  Currently the only supported variant is \texttt{ASUS}, using specialised protocol available
  on select Z87 and Z97 ASUS boards. More details can be found in
  \href{https://github.com/LongSoft/UEFITool/pull/116}{\texttt{LongSoft/UefiTool\#116}}.

\item
  \texttt{TimerResolution}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Set architecture timer resolution.

  This option allows to update firmware architecture timer period with the specified value
  in \texttt{100} nanosecond units. Setting a lower value generally improves performance
  and responsiveness of the interface and input handling.
4696

V
vit9696 已提交
4697 4698 4699
  The recommended value is \texttt{50000} (\texttt{5} milliseconds) or slightly higher. Select
  ASUS Z87 boards use \texttt{60000} for the interface. Apple boards use \texttt{100000}.
  You may leave it as \texttt{0} in case there are issues.
V
vit9696 已提交
4700 4701 4702

\end{enumerate}

4703 4704 4705 4706 4707 4708 4709 4710 4711 4712 4713 4714 4715 4716 4717 4718 4719 4720 4721 4722 4723 4724 4725 4726 4727 4728 4729 4730 4731 4732 4733 4734 4735 4736 4737 4738 4739 4740 4741 4742 4743 4744 4745 4746
\subsection{Output Properties}\label{uefioutputprops}

\begin{enumerate}

\item
  \texttt{TextRenderer}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{BuiltinGraphics}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Chooses renderer for text going through standard
  console output.

  Currently two renderers are supported: \texttt{Builtin} and
  \texttt{System}. \texttt{System} renderer uses firmware services
  for text rendering. \texttt{Builtin} bypassing firmware services
  and performs text rendering on its own. Different renderers support
  a different set of options. It is recommended to use \texttt{Builtin}
  renderer, as it supports HiDPI mode and uses full screen resolution.

  UEFI firmwares generally support \texttt{ConsoleControl} with two
  rendering modes: \texttt{Graphics} and \texttt{Text}. Some firmwares
  do not support \texttt{ConsoleControl} and rendering modes. OpenCore
  and macOS expect text to only be shown in \texttt{Graphics} mode and
  graphics to be drawn in any mode. Since this is not required by UEFI
  specification, exact behaviour varies.

  Valid values are combinations of text renderer and rendering mode:

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{BuiltinGraphics} --- Switch to \texttt{Graphics}
    mode and use \texttt{Builtin} renderer with
    custom \texttt{ConsoleControl}.
  \item \texttt{SystemGraphics} --- Switch to \texttt{Graphics}
    mode and use \texttt{System} renderer with
    custom \texttt{ConsoleControl}.
  \item \texttt{SystemText} --- Switch to \texttt{Text}
    mode and use \texttt{System} renderer with
    custom \texttt{ConsoleControl}.
  \item \texttt{SystemGeneric} --- Use \texttt{System} renderer with
    system \texttt{ConsoleControl} assuming it behaves correctly.
  \end{itemize}

  The use of \texttt{BuiltinGraphics} is generally straightforward.
  For most platforms it is necessary to enable \texttt{ProvideConsoleGop},
4747
  set \texttt{Resolution} to \texttt{Max}.
4748 4749 4750 4751 4752 4753 4754 4755 4756 4757 4758 4759 4760 4761 4762 4763 4764 4765 4766 4767 4768 4769 4770 4771 4772 4773 4774 4775 4776 4777 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 4784 4785 4786 4787 4788 4789 4790 4791

  The use of \texttt{System} protocols is more complicated. In general
  the preferred setting is \texttt{SystemGraphics} or \texttt{SystemText}.
  Enabling \texttt{ProvideConsoleGop}, setting \texttt{Resolution} to
  \texttt{Max}, enabling \texttt{ReplaceTabWithSpace} is useful on almost
  all platforms. \texttt{SanitiseClearScreen}, \texttt{IgnoreTextInGraphics},
  and \texttt{ClearScreenOnModeSwitch} are more specific, and their use
  depends on the firmware.

  \emph{Note}: Some Macs, namely \texttt{MacPro5,1}, may have broken
  console output with newer GPUs, and thus only \texttt{BuiltinGraphics}
  may work for them.

\item
  \texttt{ConsoleMode}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Sets console output mode as specified
  with the \texttt{WxH} (e.g. \texttt{80x24}) formatted string.

  Set to empty string not to change console mode. Set to \texttt{Max}
  to try to use largest available console mode. Currently
  \texttt{Builtin} text renderer supports only one console mode, so
  this option is ignored.

  \emph{Note}: This field is best to be left empty on most firmwares.

\item
  \texttt{Resolution}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Sets console output screen resolution.

  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item Set to \texttt{WxH@Bpp} (e.g. \texttt{1920x1080@32}) or \texttt{WxH}
  (e.g. \texttt{1920x1080}) formatted string to request custom resolution
  from GOP if available.
  \item Set to empty string not to change screen resolution.
  \item Set to \texttt{Max} to try to use largest available screen resolution.
  \end{itemize}

  On HiDPI screens \texttt{APPLE\_VENDOR\_VARIABLE\_GUID} \texttt{UIScale}
  NVRAM variable may need to be set to \texttt{02} to enable HiDPI scaling
4792 4793 4794
  in \texttt{Builtin} text renderer, FileVault 2 UEFI password interface,
  and boot screen logo. Refer to \hyperref[nvramvarsrec]{Recommended Variables}
  section for more details.
4795 4796 4797 4798 4799 4800 4801 4802 4803 4804 4805 4806 4807 4808 4809 4810

  \emph{Note}: This will fail when console handle has no GOP protocol. When
  the firmware does not provide it, it can be added with \texttt{ProvideConsoleGop}
  set to \texttt{true}.

\item
  \texttt{ClearScreenOnModeSwitch}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Some firmwares clear only part of screen when switching
  from graphics to text mode, leaving a fragment of previously drawn image visible.
  This option fills the entire graphics screen with black color before switching to
  text mode.

  \emph{Note}: This option only applies to \texttt{System} renderer.

4811 4812 4813 4814 4815 4816 4817 4818 4819 4820 4821 4822 4823 4824 4825
\item
  \texttt{DirectGopCacheMode}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Cache mode for builtin graphics output protocol framebuffer.

  Tuning cache mode may provide better rendering performance on some firmwares.
  Providing empty string leaves cache control settings to the firmware.
  Valid non-empty values are: \texttt{Uncacheable}, \texttt{WriteCombining}, and
  \texttt{WriteThrough}.

  \emph{Note}: This option is not supported on most hardware (see
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker/issues/755}{acidanthera/bugtracker\#755}
  for more details).

4826 4827 4828 4829 4830 4831 4832
\item
  \texttt{DirectGopRendering}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Use builtin graphics output protocol renderer for console.

  On some firmwares this may provide better performance or even fix rendering issues,
V
vit9696 已提交
4833 4834
  like on \texttt{MacPro5,1}. However, it is recommended not to use this option unless
  there is an obvious benefit as it may even result in slower scrolling.
4835

4836 4837 4838 4839 4840 4841 4842 4843 4844 4845 4846 4847 4848 4849 4850 4851 4852 4853 4854 4855 4856 4857 4858 4859 4860 4861 4862 4863 4864 4865 4866 4867 4868 4869 4870 4871 4872 4873 4874 4875 4876 4877 4878 4879 4880 4881 4882 4883 4884 4885 4886 4887 4888 4889 4890 4891 4892 4893 4894 4895 4896 4897 4898 4899 4900
\item
  \texttt{IgnoreTextInGraphics}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Select firmwares output text onscreen in both graphics and
  text mode. This is normally unexpected, because random text may appear over
  graphical images and cause UI corruption. Setting this option to \texttt{true} will
  discard all text output when console control is in mode different from \texttt{Text}.

  \emph{Note}: This option only applies to \texttt{System} renderer.

\item
  \texttt{ReplaceTabWithSpace}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Some firmwares do not print tab characters or even everything
  that follows them, causing difficulties or inability to use the UEFI Shell builtin
  text editor to edit property lists and other documents. This option makes the console
  output spaces instead of tabs.

  \emph{Note}: This option only applies to \texttt{System} renderer.

\item
  \texttt{ProvideConsoleGop}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Ensure GOP (Graphics Output Protocol) on console handle.

  macOS bootloader requires GOP to be present on console handle, yet the exact
  location of GOP is not covered by the UEFI specification. This option will
  ensure GOP is installed on console handle if it is present.

  \emph{Note}: This option will also replace broken GOP protocol on console handle,
  which may be the case on \texttt{MacPro5,1} with newer GPUs.

\item
  \texttt{ReconnectOnResChange}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Reconnect console controllers after changing screen resolution.

  On some firmwares when screen resolution is changed via GOP, it is required to reconnect
  the controllers, which produce the console protocols (simple text out). Otherwise they
  will not produce text based on the new resolution.

  \emph{Note}: On several boards this logic may result in black screen when launching
  OpenCore from Shell and thus it is optional. In versions prior to 0.5.2 this option
  was mandatory and not configurable. Please do not use this unless required.

\item
  \texttt{SanitiseClearScreen}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Some firmwares reset screen resolution to a failsafe
  value (like \texttt{1024x768}) on the attempts to clear screen contents
  when large display (e.g. 2K or 4K) is used. This option attempts to apply
  a workaround.

  \emph{Note}: This option only applies to \texttt{System} renderer.
   On all known affected systems \texttt{ConsoleMode} had to be set to
   empty string for this to work.

\end{enumerate}


4901
\subsection{ProtocolOverrides Properties}\label{uefiprotoprops}
4902 4903 4904

\begin{enumerate}

4905 4906 4907 4908 4909 4910 4911 4912 4913 4914 4915 4916 4917 4918 4919 4920 4921 4922 4923 4924 4925
\item
  \texttt{AppleAudio}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Apple audio protocols with builtin
  versions.

  Apple audio protocols allow macOS bootloader and OpenCore to play
  sounds and signals for screen reading or audible error reporting.
  Supported protocols are beep generation and VoiceOver. VoiceOver protocol
  is specific to Gibraltar machines (T2) and is not supported before
  macOS High Sierra (10.13). Instead older macOS versions use AppleHDA protocol,
  which is currently not implemented.

  Only one set of audio protocols can be available at a time, so in order
  to get audio playback in OpenCore user interface on Mac system implementing some
  of these protocols this setting should be enabled.

  \emph{Note}: Backend audio driver needs to be configured in \texttt{UEFI Audio}
  section for these protocols to be able to stream audio.

4926 4927 4928
\item
  \texttt{AppleBootPolicy}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
4929
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
4930
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Apple Boot Policy protocol with a builtin
4931 4932
  version. This may be used to ensure APFS compatibility on VMs or legacy Macs.

4933 4934 4935
  \emph{Note}: Some Macs, namely \texttt{MacPro5,1}, do have APFS compatibility,
  but their Apple Boot Policy protocol contains recovery detection issues, thus
  using this option is advised on them as well.
4936

4937 4938 4939 4940 4941 4942 4943
\item
  \texttt{AppleDebugLog}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Apple Debug Log protocol with a builtin
  version.

4944 4945 4946 4947 4948 4949 4950 4951 4952 4953 4954 4955 4956 4957 4958 4959 4960 4961 4962 4963 4964
\item
  \texttt{AppleEvent}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Apple Event protocol with a builtin
  version. This may be used to ensure File Vault 2 compatibility on VMs or legacy Macs.

\item
  \texttt{AppleImageConversion}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Apple Image Conversion protocol with a builtin
  version.

\item
  \texttt{AppleKeyMap}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Apple Key Map protocols with builtin
  versions.

4965
\item
R
Rodion Shingarev 已提交
4966
  \texttt{AppleRtcRam}\\
4967 4968 4969 4970 4971 4972 4973 4974 4975 4976
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Apple RTC RAM protocol with builtin
  version.

  \emph{Note}: Builtin version of Apple RTC RAM protocol may filter out
  I/O attempts to select RTC memory addresses. The list of addresses
  can be specified in \texttt{4D1FDA02-38C7-4A6A-9CC6-4BCCA8B30102:rtc-blacklist}
  variable as a data array.

4977 4978 4979 4980 4981 4982 4983 4984 4985 4986 4987
\item
  \texttt{AppleSmcIo}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Apple SMC I/O protocol with a builtin
  version.

  This protocol replaces legacy \texttt{VirtualSmc} UEFI driver, and is compatible
  with any SMC kernel extension. However, in case \texttt{FakeSMC} kernel extension
  is used, manual NVRAM key variable addition may be needed.

4988 4989 4990 4991 4992 4993 4994
\item
  \texttt{AppleUserInterfaceTheme}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Apple User Interface Theme protocol with a builtin
  version.

4995 4996 4997
\item
  \texttt{DataHub}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
4998
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
4999 5000 5001
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Data Hub protocol with a builtin version.
  This will drop all previous properties if the protocol was already installed.

5002 5003 5004
\item
  \texttt{DeviceProperties}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
5005
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
5006
  \textbf{Description}: Reinstalls Device Property protocol with a builtin
5007 5008 5009
  version. This will drop all previous properties if it was already installed.
  This may be used to ensure full compatibility on VMs or legacy Macs.

5010 5011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017
\item
  \texttt{FirmwareVolume}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Forcibly wraps Firmware Volume protocols or installs new
  to support custom cursor images for File Vault 2. Should be set to \texttt{true}
  to ensure File Vault 2 compatibility on everything but VMs and legacy Macs.

5018 5019 5020
  \emph{Note}: Several virtual machines including VMware may have corrupted
  cursor image in HiDPI mode and thus may also require this setting to be enabled.

5021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 5029 5030
\item
  \texttt{HashServices}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Forcibly reinstalls Hash Services protocols with builtin
  versions. Should be set to \texttt{true} to ensure File Vault 2 compatibility
  on platforms providing broken SHA-1 hashing. Can be diagnosed by invalid
  cursor size with \texttt{UIScale} set to \texttt{02}, in general platforms
  prior to APTIO V (Haswell and older) are affected.

5031 5032 5033 5034 5035 5036 5037 5038
\item
  \texttt{OSInfo}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Forcibly reinstalls OS Info protocol with builtin
  versions. This protocol is generally used to receive notifications from macOS
  bootloader, by the firmware or by other applications.

5039 5040 5041 5042 5043 5044 5045 5046 5047
\item
  \texttt{UnicodeCollation}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Forcibly reinstalls unicode collation services with builtin
  version. Should be set to \texttt{true} to ensure UEFI Shell compatibility
  on platforms providing broken unicode collation. In general legacy Insyde and APTIO
  platforms on Ivy Bridge and earlier are affected.

5048 5049
\end{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
5050 5051 5052 5053
\subsection{Quirks Properties}\label{uefiquirkprops}

\begin{enumerate}

5054 5055 5056
\item
  \texttt{ExitBootServicesDelay}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
5057
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
5058 5059 5060 5061 5062 5063 5064 5065 5066
  \textbf{Description}: Adds delay in microseconds after \texttt{EXIT\_BOOT\_SERVICES}
  event.

  This is a very ugly quirk to circumvent "Still waiting for root device" message
  on select APTIO IV firmwares, namely ASUS Z87-Pro, when using FileVault 2 in particular.
  It seems that for some reason they execute code in parallel to \texttt{EXIT\_BOOT\_SERVICES},
  which results in SATA controller being inaccessible from macOS. A better approach should be
  found in some future. Expect 3-5 seconds to be enough in case the quirk is needed.

V
vit9696 已提交
5067 5068 5069
\item
  \texttt{IgnoreInvalidFlexRatio}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
5070
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
V
vit9696 已提交
5071 5072 5073 5074 5075 5076 5077
  \textbf{Description}: Select firmwares, namely APTIO IV, may contain invalid values in
  \texttt{MSR\_FLEX\_RATIO} (\texttt{0x194}) MSR register. These values may cause
  macOS boot failure on Intel platforms.

  \emph{Note}: While the option is not supposed to induce harm on unaffected firmwares,
  its usage is not recommended when it is not required.

5078 5079 5080
\item
  \texttt{ReleaseUsbOwnership}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
5081
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
5082 5083 5084 5085 5086
  \textbf{Description}: Attempt to detach USB controller ownership from
  the firmware driver. While most firmwares manage to properly do that,
  or at least have an option for, select firmwares do not. As a result,
  operating system may freeze upon boot. Not recommended unless required.

5087 5088 5089 5090 5091 5092 5093 5094
\item
  \texttt{RequestBootVarFallback}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Request fallback of some \texttt{Boot} prefixed variables from
  \texttt{OC\_VENDOR\_VARIABLE\_GUID} to \newline \texttt{EFI\_GLOBAL\_VARIABLE\_GUID}.

  This quirk requires \texttt{RequestBootVarRouting} to be enabled and therefore
V
vit9696 已提交
5095
  \texttt{OC\_FIRMWARE\_RUNTIME} protocol implemented in \texttt{OpenRuntime.efi}.
5096 5097 5098 5099 5100 5101 5102 5103 5104 5105 5106 5107 5108 5109 5110 5111 5112 5113 5114 5115 5116 5117 5118 5119 5120 5121 5122 5123 5124 5125 5126 5127 5128

  By redirecting \texttt{Boot} prefixed variables to a separate GUID namespace we achieve
  multiple goals:
  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item Operating systems are jailed and only controlled by OpenCore boot
  environment to enhance security.
  \item Operating systems do not mess with OpenCore boot priority, and guarantee
  fluent updates and hibernation wakes for cases that require reboots with OpenCore
  in the middle.
  \item Potentially incompatible boot entries, such as macOS entries, are not deleted
  or anyhow corrupted.
  \end{itemize}

  However, some firmwares do their own boot option scanning upon startup by checking
  file presence on the available disks. Quite often this scanning includes non-standard
  locations, such as Windows Bootloader paths. Normally it is not an issue, but some
  firmwares, ASUS firmwares on APTIO V in particular, have bugs. For them scanning is
  implemented improperly, and firmware preferences may get accidentally corrupted
  due to \texttt{BootOrder} entry duplication (each option will be added twice) making
  it impossible to boot without cleaning NVRAM.

  To trigger the bug one should have some valid boot options (e.g. OpenCore) and then
  install Windows with \texttt{RequestBootVarRouting} enabled. As Windows bootloader
  option will not be created by Windows installer, the firmware will attempt to create it
  itself, and then corrupt its boot option list.

  This quirk forwards all UEFI specification valid boot options, that are not related to
  macOS, to the firmware into \texttt{BootF\#\#\#} and \texttt{BootOrder} variables upon
  write. As the entries are added to the end of \texttt{BootOrder}, this does not
  break boot priority, but ensures that the firmware does not try to append a new option
  on its own after Windows installation for instance.

5129 5130 5131
\item
  \texttt{RequestBootVarRouting}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
5132
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
5133 5134
  \textbf{Description}: Request redirect of all \texttt{Boot} prefixed variables from
  \texttt{EFI\_GLOBAL\_VARIABLE\_GUID} to \newline \texttt{OC\_VENDOR\_VARIABLE\_GUID}.
5135

5136
  This quirk requires \texttt{OC\_FIRMWARE\_RUNTIME} protocol implemented
V
vit9696 已提交
5137
  in \texttt{OpenRuntime.efi}. The quirk lets default boot entry
5138
  preservation at times when firmwares delete incompatible boot entries.
5139 5140 5141
  Simply said, you are required to enable this quirk to be able to reliably
  use \href{https://support.apple.com/HT202796}{Startup Disk} preference
  pane in a firmware that is not compatible with macOS boot entries by design.
5142

5143
\item
5144
  \texttt{UnblockFsConnect}\\
5145 5146
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
5147 5148
  \textbf{Description}: Some firmwares block partition handles by opening them
  in By Driver mode, which results in File System protocols being unable to install.
5149

5150
  \emph{Note}: The quirk is mostly relevant for select HP laptops with no drives listed.
5151

V
vit9696 已提交
5152 5153
\end{enumerate}

5154 5155 5156 5157 5158 5159 5160 5161 5162 5163 5164 5165 5166 5167 5168 5169 5170 5171 5172 5173 5174 5175 5176 5177 5178 5179 5180 5181 5182 5183 5184 5185 5186 5187 5188 5189
\subsection{ReservedMemory Properties}\label{uefirsvdprops}

\begin{enumerate}

\item
  \texttt{Address}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Start address of the reserved memory region, which should be allocated
  as reserved effectively marking the memory of this type inaccessible to the operating system.

  The addresses written here must be part of the memory map, have \texttt{EfiConventionalMemory}
  type, and page-aligned (4 KBs).

\item
  \texttt{Comment}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ string}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: Empty string\\
  \textbf{Description}: Arbitrary ASCII string used to provide human readable
  reference for the entry. It is implementation defined whether this value is
  used.

\item
  \texttt{Size}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ integer}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{0}\\
  \textbf{Description}: Size of the reserved memory region, must be page-aligned (4 KBs).

\item
  \texttt{Enabled}\\
  \textbf{Type}: \texttt{plist\ boolean}\\
  \textbf{Failsafe}: \texttt{false}\\
  \textbf{Description}: This region will not be reserved unless set to \texttt{true}.

\end{enumerate}

V
vit9696 已提交
5190 5191
\section{Troubleshooting}\label{troubleshooting}

V
vit9696 已提交
5192
\subsection{Windows support}\label{troubleshootingwin}
V
vit9696 已提交
5193

V
vit9696 已提交
5194 5195 5196
  \textbf{Can I install Windows?}

  While no official Windows support is provided, 64-bit UEFI Windows installations (Windows 8 and
V
vit9696 已提交
5197
  above) prepared with Boot Camp are supposed to work. Third-party UEFI installations
V
vit9696 已提交
5198
  as well as systems partially supporting UEFI boot, like Windows 7, might work with
V
vit9696 已提交
5199
  some extra precautions. Things to keep in mind:
5200

V
vit9696 已提交
5201 5202
  \begin{itemize}
  \item MBR (Master Boot Record) installations are legacy and will not be supported.
5203 5204
  \item To install Windows, macOS, and OpenCore on the same drive you can specify
  Windows bootloader path
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
5205
  (\texttt{\textbackslash EFI\textbackslash Microsoft\textbackslash Boot\textbackslash bootmgfw.efi})
5206
  in \texttt{BlessOverride} section.
V
vit9696 已提交
5207
  \item All the modifications applied (to ACPI, NVRAM, SMBIOS, etc.) are supposed
V
vit9696 已提交
5208
  to be operating system agnostic, i.e. apply equally regardless of the OS booted.
V
vit9696 已提交
5209 5210 5211 5212 5213 5214
  This enables Boot Camp software experience on Windows.
  \item macOS requires the first partition to be EFI System Partition, and does
  not support the default Windows layout. While OpenCore does have a
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker/issues/327}{workaround}
  for this, it is highly recommend not to rely on it and install properly.
  \item Windows may need to be reactivated. To avoid it consider
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
5215
  setting SystemUUID to the original firmware UUID. Be warned,
5216
  on old firmwares it may be invalid, i.e. not random. In case you still have issues,
5217 5218
  consider using HWID or KMS38 license or making the use \texttt{Custom}
  \texttt{UpdateSMBIOSMode}. Other nuances of Windows activation are out of the
5219
  scope of this document and can be found online.
V
vit9696 已提交
5220 5221 5222
  \end{itemize}

  \textbf{What additional software do I need?}
5223

5224 5225 5226 5227 5228
  To enable operating system switching and install relevant drivers in the majority of
  cases you will need Windows support software from
  \href{https://support.apple.com/boot-camp}{Boot Camp}. For simplicity of the download
  process or when configuring an already installed Windows version a third-party utility,
  \href{https://github.com/timsutton/brigadier}{Brigadier}, can be used successfully.
V
vit9696 已提交
5229 5230 5231
  Note, that you may have to download and install \href{https://www.7-zip.org}{7-Zip}
  prior to using Brigadier.

V
vit9696 已提交
5232 5233 5234 5235 5236 5237 5238 5239 5240 5241
  Remember to always use the latest version of Windows support software from Boot Camp,
  as versions prior to 6.1 do not support APFS, and thus will not function correctly.
  To download newest software pass most recent Mac model to Brigadier, for example
  \texttt{./brigadier.exe -m iMac19,1}. To install Boot Camp on an unsupported Mac model
  afterwards run PowerShell as Administrator and enter \texttt{msiexec /i BootCamp.msi}.
  In case you already have a previous version of Boot Camp installed you will have to
  remove it first by running \texttt{msiexec /x BootCamp.msi} command. \texttt{BootCamp.msi}
  file is located in \texttt{BootCamp/Drivers/Apple} directory and can be reached through
  Windows Explorer.

V
vit9696 已提交
5242
  While Windows support software from Boot Camp solves most of compatibility problems,
V
vit9696 已提交
5243
  sometimes you may have to address some of them manually:
5244

V
vit9696 已提交
5245 5246 5247 5248 5249 5250 5251 5252 5253
  \begin{itemize}
  \item To invert mouse wheel scroll direction \texttt{FlipFlopWheel} must be set
  to \texttt{1} as explained on \href{https://superuser.com/a/364353}{SuperUser}.
  \item \texttt{RealTimeIsUniversal} must be set to \texttt{1} to avoid time
  desync between Windows and macOS as explained on
  \href{https://superuser.com/q/494432}{SuperUser} (this one is usually not needed).
  \item To access Apple filesystems like HFS and APFS separate software may need to
  be installed. Some of the known tools are:
  \href{https://forums.macrumors.com/threads/apple-hfs-windows-driver-download.1368010/}{Apple HFS+ driver}
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
5254
  (\href{https://forums.macrumors.com/threads/apple-hfs-windows-driver-download.1368010/post-24180079}{hack for Windows 10}),
V
vit9696 已提交
5255 5256 5257 5258
  \href{http://www.catacombae.org/hfsexplorer}{HFSExplorer}, MacDrive, Paragon APFS,
  Paragon HFS+, TransMac, etc. Remember to never ever attempt to modify Apple file systems
  from Windows as this often leads to irrecoverable data loss.
  \end{itemize}
5259

5260
  \textbf{Why do I see \texttt{Basic data partition} in Boot Camp Startup Disk control panel?}
5261 5262 5263 5264 5265 5266 5267 5268 5269 5270 5271 5272 5273 5274 5275 5276 5277 5278 5279 5280 5281 5282 5283 5284 5285 5286 5287 5288 5289 5290 5291 5292 5293 5294 5295 5296 5297 5298 5299 5300

  Boot Camp control panel uses GPT partition table to obtain each boot option name.
  After installing Windows separately you will have to relabel the partition manually.
  This can be done with many tools including open-source
  \href{https://sourceforge.net/projects/gptfdisk}{gdisk} utility. Reference example:

\begin{lstlisting}[caption=Relabeling Windows volume, label=relabel, style=ocbash]
PS C:\gdisk> .\gdisk64.exe \\.\physicaldrive0
GPT fdisk (gdisk) version 1.0.4

Command (? for help): p
Disk \\.\physicaldrive0: 419430400 sectors, 200.0 GiB
Sector size (logical): 512 bytes
Disk identifier (GUID): DEC57EB1-B3B5-49B2-95F5-3B8C4D3E4E12
Partition table holds up to 128 entries
Main partition table begins at sector 2 and ends at sector 33
First usable sector is 34, last usable sector is 419430366
Partitions will be aligned on 2048-sector boundaries
Total free space is 4029 sectors (2.0 MiB)

Number  Start (sector)    End (sector)  Size       Code  Name
   1            2048         1023999   499.0 MiB   2700  Basic data partition
   2         1024000         1226751   99.0 MiB    EF00  EFI system partition
   3         1226752         1259519   16.0 MiB    0C01  Microsoft reserved ...
   4         1259520       419428351   199.4 GiB   0700  Basic data partition

Command (? for help): c
Partition number (1-4): 4
Enter name: BOOTCAMP

Command (? for help): w

Final checks complete. About to write GPT data. THIS WILL OVERWRITE EXISTING PARTITIONS!!

Do you want to proceed? (Y/N): Y
OK; writing new GUID partition table (GPT) to \\.\physicaldrive0.
Disk synchronization succeeded! The computer should now use the new partition table.
The operation has completed successfully.
\end{lstlisting}

V
vit9696 已提交
5301

5302 5303 5304 5305
  \textbf{How to choose Windows BOOTCAMP with custom NTFS drivers?}

  Third-party drivers providing NTFS support, such as
  \href{https://www.tuxera.com/community/open-source-ntfs-3g}{NTFS-3G}, Paragon NTFS,
5306 5307
  Tuxera NTFS or \href{https://www.seagate.com/support/software/paragon}{Seagate Paragon Driver}
  break certain macOS functionality, including
5308 5309 5310
  \href{https://support.apple.com/HT202796}{Startup Disk} preference
  pane normally used for operating system selection. While the recommended option
  remains not to use such drivers as they commonly corrupt the filesystem, and prefer
5311 5312 5313
  the driver bundled with macOS with optional write support (
  \href{http://osxdaily.com/2013/10/02/enable-ntfs-write-support-mac-os-x}{command} or
  \href{https://mounty.app}{GUI}),
5314 5315 5316 5317
  there still exist vendor-specific workarounds for their products:
  \href{https://www.tuxera.com/products/tuxera-ntfs-for-mac/faq}{Tuxera},
  \href{https://kb.paragon-software.com/article/6604}{Paragon}, etc.

V
vit9696 已提交
5318 5319 5320 5321 5322 5323
\subsection{Debugging}\label{troubleshootingdebug}

Similar to other projects working with hardware OpenCore supports auditing and debugging.
The use of \texttt{NOOPT} or \texttt{DEBUG} build modes instead of \texttt{RELEASE}
can produce a lot more debug output. With \texttt{NOOPT} source level debugging with
GDB or IDA Pro is also available. For GDB check
5324
\href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCorePkg/tree/master/Debug}{OpenCore Debug}
5325 5326 5327
page. For IDA Pro you will need IDA Pro 7.3 or newer, refer to
\href{https://www.hex-rays.com/products/ida/support/tutorials/index.shtml}{Debugging the XNU Kernel with IDA Pro}
for more details.
V
vit9696 已提交
5328 5329 5330 5331 5332

To obtain the log during boot you can make the use of serial port debugging. Serial port
debugging is enabled in \texttt{Target}, e.g. \texttt{0xB} for onscreen with serial. OpenCore
uses \texttt{115200} baud rate, \texttt{8} data bits, no parity, and \texttt{1} stop bit.
For macOS your best choice are CP2102-based UART devices. Connect motherboard \texttt{TX}
5333
to USB UART \texttt{RX}, and motherboard \texttt{GND} to USB UART \texttt{GND}. Use
V
vit9696 已提交
5334 5335 5336
\texttt{screen} utility to get the output, or download GUI software, such as
\href{https://freeware.the-meiers.org}{CoolTerm}.

5337 5338 5339 5340 5341
\emph{Note}: On several motherboards (and possibly USB UART dongles) PIN naming may be
incorrect. It is very common to have \texttt{GND} swapped with \texttt{RX}, thus you have
to connect motherboard ``\texttt{TX}'' to USB UART \texttt{GND}, and motherboard ``\texttt{GND}''
to USB UART \texttt{RX}.

V
vit9696 已提交
5342 5343 5344 5345
Remember to enable \texttt{COM} port in firmware settings, and never use USB cables longer
than 1 meter to avoid output corruption. To additionally enable XNU kernel serial output
you will need \texttt{debug=0x8} boot argument.

V
vit9696 已提交
5346 5347 5348 5349 5350 5351 5352 5353 5354 5355 5356 5357 5358 5359 5360 5361 5362 5363 5364 5365 5366 5367 5368
\subsection{Tips and Tricks}\label{troubleshootingtricks}

\begin{enumerate}
\item
  \textbf{How to debug boot failure?}

  Normally it is enough to obtain the actual error message. For this
  ensure that:
  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item You have a \texttt{DEBUG} or \texttt{NOOPT} version of OpenCore.
  \item Logging is enabled (\texttt{1}) and shown onscreen (\texttt{2}):
  \texttt{Misc} $\rightarrow$ \texttt{Debug} $\rightarrow$ \texttt{Target}
  $=$ \texttt{3}.
  \item Logged messages from at least \texttt{DEBUG\_ERROR}
  (\texttt{0x80000000}), \texttt{DEBUG\_WARN} (\texttt{0x00000002}), and
  \texttt{DEBUG\_INFO} (\texttt{0x00000040}) levels are visible onscreen:
  \texttt{Misc} $\rightarrow$ \texttt{Debug} $\rightarrow$ \texttt{DisplayLevel}
  $=$ \texttt{0x80000042}.
  \item Critical error messages, like \texttt{DEBUG\_ERROR}, stop booting:
  \texttt{Misc} $\rightarrow$ \texttt{Security}
  $\rightarrow$ \texttt{HaltLevel} $=$ \texttt{0x80000000}.
  \item Watch Dog is disabled to prevent automatic reboot:
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
5369
  \texttt{Misc} $\rightarrow$ \texttt{Debug} $\rightarrow$
V
vit9696 已提交
5370 5371 5372 5373 5374 5375
  \texttt{DisableWatchDog} $=$ \texttt{true}.
  \item Boot Picker (entry selector) is enabled: \texttt{Misc}
  $\rightarrow$ \texttt{Boot} $\rightarrow$ \texttt{ShowPicker} $=$ \texttt{true}.
  \end{itemize}

  If there is no obvious error, check the available hacks in \texttt{Quirks} sections
V
vit9696 已提交
5376 5377 5378
  one by one. For early boot troubleshooting, for instance, when OpenCore menu does not appear,
  using \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/OpenCoreShell}{UEFI Shell} may help to see
  early debug messages.
V
vit9696 已提交
5379 5380 5381 5382 5383 5384 5385 5386 5387

\item
  \textbf{How to customise boot entries?}

  OpenCore follows standard Apple Bless model and extracts the entry name
  from \texttt{.contentDetails} and \texttt{.disk\_label.contentDetails} files in the
  booter directory if present. These files contain an ASCII string with an entry title,
  which may then be customised by the user.

V
vit9696 已提交
5388 5389 5390 5391 5392 5393 5394 5395 5396 5397 5398 5399 5400 5401
\item
  \textbf{How to choose the default boot entry?}

  OpenCore uses the primary UEFI boot option to select the default entry. This choice
  can be altered from UEFI Setup, with the macOS
  \href{https://support.apple.com/HT202796}{Startup Disk} preference, or the Windows
  \href{https://support.apple.com/guide/bootcamp-control-panel/start-up-your-mac-in-windows-or-macos-bcmp29b8ac66/mac}{Boot Camp} Control Panel.
  Since choosing OpenCore's \texttt{BOOTx64.EFI} as a primary boot option limits this
  functionality in addition to several firmwares deleting incompatible boot options,
  potentially including those created by macOS, you are strongly encouraged to use the
  \texttt{RequestBootVarRouting} quirk, which will preserve your selection made in
  the operating system within the OpenCore variable space. Note, that \texttt{RequestBootVarRouting}
  requires a separate driver for functioning.

V
vit9696 已提交
5402 5403 5404 5405 5406 5407 5408 5409 5410
\item
  \textbf{What is the simplest way to install macOS?}

  Copy online recovery image (\texttt{*.dmg} and \texttt{*.chunklist} files)
  to \texttt{com.apple.recovery.boot} directory on a FAT32 partition with OpenCore.
  Load OpenCore Boot Picker and choose the entry, it will have a \texttt{(dmg)} suffix.
  Custom name may be created by providing \texttt{.contentDetails} file.

  To download recovery online you may use
5411 5412
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/MacInfoPkg/blob/master/macrecovery/macrecovery.py}{macrecovery.py}
  tool from \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/MacInfoPkg/releases}{MacInfoPkg}.
V
vit9696 已提交
5413

V
vit9696 已提交
5414 5415
  For offline installation refer to
  \href{https://support.apple.com/HT201372}{How to create a bootable installer for macOS}
5416 5417
  article. Apart from App Store and \texttt{softwareupdate} utility there also are
  \href{https://github.com/corpnewt/gibMacOS}{third-party tools} to download an offline image.
V
vit9696 已提交
5418

5419
\item
V
vit9696 已提交
5420
  \textbf{Why do online recovery images (\texttt{*.dmg}) fail to load?}
5421 5422

  This may be caused by missing HFS+ driver, as all presently known recovery volumes
A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
5423
  have HFS+ filesystem.
5424

V
vit9696 已提交
5425 5426 5427 5428 5429 5430 5431 5432
\item
  \textbf{Can I use this on Apple hardware or virtual machines?}

  Sure, most relatively modern Mac models including \texttt{MacPro5,1} and virtual machines
  are fully supported. Even though there are little to none specific details relevant to
  Mac hardware, some ongoing instructions can be found in
  \href{https://github.com/acidanthera/bugtracker/issues/377}{acidanthera/bugtracker\#377}.

5433 5434 5435
\item
  \textbf{Why do Find\&Replace patches must equal in length?}

A
Andrey1970AppleLife 已提交
5436
  For machine code (x86 code) it is not possible to do differently sized replacements due to
5437 5438 5439 5440 5441
  \href{https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Relative_addressing}{relative addressing}.
  For ACPI code this is risky, and is technically equivalent to ACPI table replacement,
  thus not implemented. More detailed explanation can be found on
  \href{https://applelife.ru/posts/819790}{AppleLife.ru}.

5442 5443 5444 5445
\item
  \textbf{How can I migrate from \texttt{AptioMemoryFix}?}

  Behaviour similar to that of \texttt{AptioMemoryFix} can be obtained by
V
vit9696 已提交
5446
  installing \texttt{OpenRuntime} driver and enabling the quirks listed below.
5447 5448 5449 5450 5451 5452 5453 5454 5455 5456
  Please note, that most of these are not necessary to be enabled. Refer to their
  individual descriptions in this document for more details.
  \begin{itemize}
  \tightlist
  \item \texttt{ProvideConsoleGop} (UEFI quirk)
  \item \texttt{AvoidRuntimeDefrag}
  \item \texttt{DiscardHibernateMap}
  \item \texttt{EnableSafeModeSlide}
  \item \texttt{EnableWriteUnprotector}
  \item \texttt{ForceExitBootServices}
5457
  \item \texttt{ProtectMemoryRegions}
5458 5459 5460 5461 5462
  \item \texttt{ProvideCustomSlide}
  \item \texttt{SetupVirtualMap}
  \item \texttt{ShrinkMemoryMap}
  \end{itemize}

V
vit9696 已提交
5463
\end{enumerate}
V
vit9696 已提交
5464 5465

\end{document}